You are on page 1of 312

MPSTME-IT-1

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Minutes of the Joint Meeting of the Board of Studies in Computer Engineering and
Information Technology held on 6th May, 2013

The Joint Meeting of the Board of Studies in Computer Engineering and


Information Technology of MPSTME was held on Monday, 6th May 2013 at 02.00 p.m.
at Mukesh Patel School of Technology Management & Engineering, Behind Bhakti
Vedant Swami Marg, J.V.P.D. Scheme, Vile Parle (W), Mumbai 400 056.
The Following members were present.
1. Dr. S.Y. Mhaiskar (In the Chair)
2. Dr. Tapan Bagchi
3. Dr. H.B. Kekre
4. Dr. Prachi Gharpure (Principal, SPIT)
5. Mr. Akhilesh Srivastava (Head-IP Creation, CIG, Tata Consultancy Services)
6. Dr. M.V.Deshpande
7. Dr. Ketan Shah
8. Dr. Dhirendra Mishra
9. Prof. Pravin Srinath
10. Prof. Rahul Samant
11. Prof. Vijay T. Raisinghani
12. Prof. Pratidnya HegdePatil
Following members were granted leave of absence.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Dr. S.G. Bhirud


Dr. Sasikumar M
Dr. Shabbir Merchant (Professor, IIT Mumbai)
Dr. Poornachandra Sarang (Director, ABCOM Information Systems Pvt. Ltd.)
Dr. Sunita Mahajan, Principal, MET

The minutes for Dept of Information Technology are as follows:


Dean Dr. S.Y. Mhaiskar welcomed all BOS members and briefed them about the plan
for changeover from trimester to semester pattern.
Dr. Mhaiskar informed that the first year scheme has been defined afresh, and will be
discussed separately in the BoS meeting for 1st year.

MPSTME-IT-2

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Agenda Item 1: To approve draft internal continuous assessment (ICA) evaluation
scheme (page MPSTME-IT-6)
The salient features of the ICA scheme were presented.
The ICA evaluation scheme was approved.
Agenda Item 2. To approve draft Program Educational Objectives and Program
Outcomes (page MPSTME-IT-8 and page MPSTME-IT-9)
The Program Educational Objectives and Program Outcomes were approved.
Agenda Item 3. To approve the scheme and detailed syllabus for the following
1. B.Tech (for academic year 2013-14)
a. Students joining 2nd year (page MPSTME-IT-12)
b. Students joining 3rd year (page MPSTME-IT-14)
c. Students joining 4th year (page MPSTME-IT-16)
2. MBA(Tech) (for academic year 2013-14)
a. Students joining 2nd year (page MPSTME-IT-149)
b. Students joining 3rd year (page MPSTME-IT-151)
c. Students joining 4th year (page MPSTME-IT-153)
d. Students joining 5th year (page MPSTME-IT-155)
3. M.Tech (for academic year 2013-14)
a. Students joining 1st year (page MPSTME-IT-250)
b. Students joining 2nd year (page MPSTME-IT-252)

B.Tech (for academic year 2013-14)

The BoS was informed about the revisions in the scheme and syllabi. The highlights of
the changes is as follows:

MPSTME-IT-3

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
The scheme incorporates salient features of NIT / IIT / AICTE curricula for
Information Technology. This exercise was done as per the suggestion of Hon.
VC, Dr. Natarajan, Advisor NMIMS, and Dean MPSTME, Dr. Mhaiskar.
Specifically a number of lab courses have been introduced like Mobile
Application Development and System Administration. Also, tutorial hours have
been increased to improve problem solving skills
The scheme has been prepared keeping in mind the Graduate Attributes as
defined by IEEE/ACM and the Program Outcomes as per NBA
The scheme for 2nd year is prepared afresh. The schemes for 3rd and 4th year have
been mapped from the trimester pattern. The schemes for 3rd and 4th year shall be
revised progressively and shall be placed in the subsequent BoS meeting
The proposed schemes are applicable for the year 2013-14 only
Trimesters (10 weeks)
(3 per year)
5

Semester (15 weeks)


(2 per year)
7

Lab oriented courses


in program (more
hours for lab or only
lab)

Programming W/S (PW),


Mini project,
Final Project

Typical
subjects
theory + tut + lab
Typical total hours for
a subject
Avg. theory hours per
term
Avg. tutorial hours
per term
Avg. lab hours per
term
Appox. Total contact
hours

4+2 hours

17 hours

Computer Programming,
Programming Workshop, Unix
Programming, Mobile Application
Development, System
Administration, Implementation
of Technology, Final project
3+1+2
3+0+2
45+15+30 = 90
45+0+30 = 75
15

(see below)

13 (some for tutorials)

13

3630 hours

3720 (176 credits as per AICTE


norms. AICTE recommends 160200 credits)

Avg. Subjects per term

40+20 = 60 hours

MPSTME-IT-4

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

The B.Tech scheme and syllabi, for 2013-14, were approved with following
amendments:
a) CoA and Microprocessor & Microcontroller (MPMC) should be in different
semesters. MPMC can be shifted to 3rd year (for 14-15). Accordingly, new
schemes should be prepared for 3rd and 4th year of 13-14 and that of 14-15
onwards, and should be put up for approval in subsequent BoS meeting.
b) DSA unit 1 is too heavy for 4 hours. Data Structures are not discussed before, so
more details are required. Algorithms and Analysis can be reduced to
accommodate this.
c) Software Project Management should be completed in Sem 7, since these inputs
would be useful for B.Tech Project. It can be swapped with Data Ware Housing /
Mining or Information Security which are in Sem VIII.
d) Software Engineering, Software Architecture, Service Oriented Architecture,
Object Oriented Software Engineering, Software Project Management, need to be
sequenced properly.
e) Computer Simulation and Modeling contents to be revisited and mapped to a
good text book.
f) Software Project Management has WBS in planning stage. This needs to be
checked with the text book content

MBA(Tech) (for academic year 2013-14)

It was proposed that the existing MBA(Tech) IT syllabi be adopted with mapping of the
trimester pattern scheme and syllabi to the semester pattern. This is to ensure that
students dont repeat or miss subjects; and also to integrate well with the existing
Management subjects in the program.

MPSTME-IT-5

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Dr. Mhaiskar informed that for MBA(Tech), the new scheme and syllabi (applicable
2014-15 onwards), shall be adopted from the revised B.Tech syllabi. This shall be
prepared and placed for approval in the subsequent BoS.

The MBA(Tech) IT scheme and syllabi, for 2013-14, were approved.

M.Tech (for academic year 2013-14)


The revisions for the M.Tech program had been introduced and approved in the last
BoS and AC meeting. The contents have been mapped to the semester pattern.
The subjects Research Methodology I and II were replaced by a single subject Research
Methodology. The syllabus was adopted from the ETRX/EXTC department, as it was
found appropriate for IT dept also. This syllabus had been approved in the last BoS and
AC meetings.

The M.Tech syllabi were approved with following suggestion for the Project work:
a) M.Tech. (IT) Program: Project work may involve good prior art study of both
patent and non-patent literature ensuring some element of novelty in the
proposed work.
Note: To enhance quality of the projects, institute may invest in expert evaluation
of the projects and consider filing patent if a project work is found highly
inventive and of business relevance. This will also pave the path for defining
institute's IP Policy placing the institute on a stronger footing for consultancy
and research collaborations.
The M.Tech IT scheme and syllabi, for 2013-14, were approved.
The meeting ended with a vote of thanks to the chair.
Dr. S.Y. Mhaiskar
Dean, MPSTME

MPSTME-IT-6

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Internal Continuous Assessment
Preamble:
1. Earlier Institute used to have trimester pattern of examination and there used to be
variation in interpretation of internal continuous assessment scheme. Hence, this
document is prepared to take care of semester system and also have uniformity within
the institute.
2. Earlier students were given best of two internal test marks. This had led to improper
attention to academics by students. To overcome this lacuna, this scheme assigns marks
to each test and there will be two tests per semester.
3. During academic council meeting held on March, 4th 2013, some concerns were raised
that semester system will bring in academic slackness. Hence, to address this concern
following aspects are incorporated in Internal Continuous Assessment scheme viz
a) Two tests per semester of equal weightage
b) Well defined methodology for grading students for term work. Students performance
will be graded by evaluating his understanding of the subject through Quiz / Mini
projects / Case studies / Seminar / Presentations/ Online quizzes
c) Detailing of laboratory activities
Course type

Distribution of marks for Internal Continuous Assessment


Test 1

Test 2

Term work

Total

Only Theory

20

20

10

50

Theory and Tutorial

20

20

10

50

Theory and practicals

15

15

20#

50

Only practicals

15*

15*

20#

50

Non credit courses

20

20

10

50

Workshop

50

50

MPSTME-IT-7

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Seminar /
Implementation of
Technology /
Research
Methodology

50**

50

Technical Report I

50 **

50

Technical Report II

100 **

100

Evaluation of Term Work should be based on the Quiz / Mini projects / Case studies /
Seminar / Presentations/ Online quizzes during the term.
# based on:
Journal- only weighted for observations, calculations, inferences, conclusions,
applications to be assessed after say 4-5 experiments by a viva
Performance in Practical turns
Viva &/or Practical examination at term end whichever is applicable.
* based on practical examination held during the term
**
Evaluation by report and presentation including Viva.
Additional guidelines:
o For each course involving lab work
o At least 2 experiments should be changed every year wherever possible
o Minimum nine to ten experiments should be performed
o Mid- term tests for all subjects should be conducted on 3 or 4 consecutive days
scheduled by the school. Detailed time-table of the mid-term tests shall be displayed
by the department.
o Re-test may be allowed under exceptional circumstances by committee appointed by
the school

MPSTME-IT-8

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Program Educational Objectives:


The objectives of the Department of Information Technology (IT) are to produce IT
graduates who are prepared to

1. Apply learned knowledge ethically to solve real world problems that will benefit
organizations and society at large.
2. Establish themselves as Information Technology professionals in various private
and public sectors that are involved in the creation, maintenance and use of
Information Systems.
3. Adapt to changing trends in Information Technology, and become lifelong
learners.

MPSTME-IT-9

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program Outcomes:

1. An ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering for


problem solving
2. An ability to identify, formulate and provide effective IT solution for engineering
problems
3. An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system, process,
component, or program to meet desired needs
4. An ability to research, design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data
5. An ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary
for developing effective IT solutions
6. An understanding of professional, legal, security and social issues and
responsibilities
7. The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering
solutions in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context
8. An ability to apply ethical principles in development of IT solutions.
9. An ability to function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal
10. An ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences
11. An ability to identify and analyze user needs and take them into account in the
selection, creation/integration, evaluation and administration of IT-based
solutions.
12. Recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in continuing professional
development and self learning.

MPSTME-IT-10

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Relationship of Program Outcomes to Program Educational Objectives:
The Program Outcomes are linked to Program Educational Objectives. The following
table illustrates the mapping of POs with PEOs.
Program Educational Objectives
Program Outcomes

1. An
ability
to
apply
knowledge of mathematics,
science, and engineering
2. An ability to design and
conduct experiments, as
well as to analyze and
interpret data
3. An ability to design,
implement, and evaluate a
computer-based
system,
process, component, or
program to meet desired
needs
4. An ability to function
effectively on teams to
accomplish a common goal
5. An ability to identify,
formulate
and
provide
effective IT solution for
engineering problems
6. An
understanding
of
professional, ethical, legal,
security and social issues
and responsibilities
7. An ability to communicate
effectively with a range of
audiences

1. Apply learned 2. Establish


3. Adapt
to
knowledge
themselves
as
changing
ethically
to
Information
trends
in
solve real world
Technology
Information
problems that
professionals in
Technology
will
benefit
various
private
,
and
organizations
and public sectors
become
and society at
that are involved
lifelong
large.
in the creation,
learners.
maintenance and
use of Information
Systems.

MPSTME-IT-11

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
8. The

broad
education
necessary to understand
the impact of engineering
solutions in a global,
economic, environmental,
and societal context.
9. Recognition of the need for
and an ability to engage in
continuing
professional
development
10. An ability to apply ethical
principles in development
of IT solutions.
11. An ability to use the
techniques, skills, and
modern engineering tools
necessary for developing
effective IT solutions.
12. An ability to identify and
analyze user needs and take
them into account in the
selection,
creation/integration,
evaluation
and
administration of IT-based
solutions.

MPSTME-IT-12

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
B.Tech (IT) Semester Scheme

Teaching Scheme: B.Tech (2nd Year) For the Academic Year (2013-14 onwards)
Semester III
Code
Subject

Applied Mathematics
III
Environmental Studies
Data Structures and
Algorithms
Digital Logic Design
Principles of
Communication
Engineering
Database Management
Systems
Programming
Workshop

BTAB
03001
BTAB
03002
BTIT0
3003
BTIT0
3004
BTIT0
3005
BTIT0
3006
BTIT0
3007

Total

Teaching
Scheme
Th
T
eo Pr u
ry
t

Cre
dit

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class
Test II

Termwork

50

20

20

10

20

20

10

50

15

15

20

50

20

20

10

4.5

50

20

20

10

50

15

15

20

4.5

15

15

20

18

10

250

125

125

100

23

Semester IV
Teaching
Scheme
T
The P
u
ory r
t

Subject

Applied Mathematics IV
Constitution of India *
(only for 2013-14)

BTAB
04001
BTAB
04002

Cre
dit

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class
Test II

Termwork

50

20

20

10

20

20

10

MPSTME-IT-13

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Computer
Organization &
Architecture
Digital Signal and
Image Processing
Operating Systems
Web Programming
Implementation of
Technology
Total

BTIT0
4003
BTIT0
4004
BTIT0
4005
BTIT0
4007
BTIT0
4008

50

20

20

10

2.5

50

20

20

10

4.5

50

20

20

10

4.5

15

15

20

4.5

50

16

200

115

115

120

21

MPSTME-IT-14

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Teaching Scheme: B.Tech (3rd Year) For the Academic Year (2013-14)
Semester V
Code
Subject

Unix Programming
Software Engineering
Principles of
Economics and
Management

BTIT
05001
BTIT
05002
BTIT
05003

BTIT
05004
Digital Signal and
BTIT
Image Processing
05005
BTIT
Distributed Computing
05006
Wireless Networking

Total

Teaching
Scheme
Th
T
eor Pr
ut
y

Cre
dit

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class
Test II

Termwork

15

15

20

50

20

20

10

3.5

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

4.5

50

20

20

10

14

10

250

115

115

70

20

Semester VI
Code
Subject

Computer Simulation
and Modeling
Software Architecture
Object Oriented
Modeling and Design

BTIT
06001
BTIT
06002
BTIT
06003

Teaching
Scheme
Th
T
eor Pr
ut
y

Cre
dit

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class
Test II

Termwork

50

20

20

10

3.5

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

4.5

MPSTME-IT-15

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Research Methodology
Advanced Computer
Networks
Parallel Computing
Mobile Application
Development
Total

BTIT
06004
BTIT
06005
BTIT
06006
BTIT
06007

50

50

20

20

10

4.5

50

20

20

10

4.5

15

15

20

15

12

250

115

115

120

23

MPSTME-IT-16

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Teaching Scheme: B.Tech (4th Year) For the Academic Year (2013-14)
Semester VII
Code
Subject

Electronic
Commerce
Software Project
Management
Information
Security

BTIT0
7001
BTIT0
7002
BTIT0
7003
BTIT0
7004

Teaching
Scheme
Th
T
eor Pr
ut
y

Cre
dit

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class
Test - II

Termwork

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

3.5

50

20

20

10

100

Elective I

50

20

20

10

4.5

Total

10

16

200

80

80

140

19

Project I

Elective I : Management Information Systems(BTIT07005), Multimedia


Systems(BTIT07006), Artificial Intelligence(BTIT07007), Advanced Image
Processing(BTIT07008), Information Storage Management(BTIT07009)
Semester VIII
Code
Subject

System
Administration
Data Warehousing
and Mining
Service Oriented
Architecture

BTIT0
8001
BTIT0
8002
BTIT0
8003

Project II

BTIT0

Teaching
Scheme
Th
T
eor Pr
ut
y

Cre
dit

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class
Test - II

Termwork

15

15

20

50

20

20

10

4.5

50

20

20

10

12

200

MPSTME-IT-17

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
8004
Elective II

50

20

20

10

4.5

Total

10

20

150

75

75

250

21

Elective II : Robotics(BTIT08005), High Speed Networking Architecture and


Protocols(BTIT08006), Information Security Assurance and Forensics(BTIT08007),
Advanced Database Management System(BTIT08008), Cloud Computing(BTIT08009)

MPSTME-IT-18

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Program:

B. Tech. (All Branches)

Semester :III

Course :

Applied Mathematics - III

Code : BTAB03001

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Pre-requisite:

Tutorial

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Engineering Mathematics-I
Mathematics-II (BTAB02001)

(BTAB01001)

and

Engineering

Objectives:
To provide a set of tools and methods that can be applied in the courses given
in the host department or in subsequent years.
To provide introduction to the topics involving in the syllabus to carry out
routine operations.

Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Learn use of matrices in solving system of linear algebraic equations and also to
find eigen values and eigen vectors.
Study Laplace transforms of commonly used functions which are useful for
solving engineering problems and its application.
Understand the concept of Fourier series, and its problem solving techniques.

MPSTME-IT-19

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

1.

Matrices:

2.

Linear dependence and independence of rows and columns of a


matrix over real field, System of linear homogeneous and nonhomogeneous equations, Characteristic equation, Eigen values
and Eigen vectors of a square matrix, Cayley Hamilton
Theorem, Similar Matrices, Diagonalization of a matrix,
Functions of a Square Matrix, Quadratic Forms.
Laplace transform

12

Definition, Laplace transform of 1, eat ,sin at , cos at ,sinh at , cosh at , t n


, First shifting theorem, Change of scale property, Evaluation of
Inverse Laplace using partial fraction, Convolution Theorem,
f (t )
L t f (t ) , L
,L
t

3.

20

f (u )du , L f (t ) , Laplace transforms of

Periodic functions, Unit step functions, Second shifting theorem ,


Dirac delta functions and their Laplace Transform, Application to
solve initial and boundary value problems involving ordinary
differential equations.
Fourier Series:
Orthogonality and Orthonormality, Periodic function,
Trigonometric Series, Dirichlets conditions, Eulers formulae
(Derivation of Fourier coefficients a0, an, bn is not expected),
Fourier series for the interval [ ,
2 ] and [ ,
2c] , Function

13

having points of discontinuity, Even and Odd functions, Half


range sine and cosine expansions, Parsevals identities.
Total
Note: Proofs of theorems are not expected

Text Books: (Preferably 1 or 2)

45

MPSTME-IT-20

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 42nd Edition,
2012.

Reference Books:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Eastern Ltd, 10th,
2010.
2. G.V. Kumbhojkar, Applied Mathematics-III (Computer, EXTC), C. Jamnadas
& Co., 2nd, 2008-09.
3. H. K. Dass, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, S.Chand, 17th, 2007.

Term Work:
As per Institute norms for term work.

MPSTME-IT-21

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (IT)

Semester :III

Course :

Environmental Studies

Code : BTAB03002

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lectu Practi
re
cal

Tutor
ial

Cre
dit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous Assessment


(ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: NIL

Objectives:
To provide knowledge/information on the emergence of Strategic options for
environmental decision-making.
To provide the skills to prepare Corporate Environmental ReportsSustainability Reports/ TBL reports.
To provide the foundations for corporate governance non-financial
implications and the significance of environmental governance and best
practices.

Outcomes:
At the end of this course students will be able to
Understand and evaluate Strategic options for environmental decisionmaking
Prepare Corporate Environmental Reports-Sustainability Reports/ TBL
reports

MPSTME-IT-22

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Evaluate Corporate governance (non-financial implications) options which
have environmental impact and select the appropriate best practices for
specific problems
Detailed Syllabus:
Un
it

Description
Overview of the nature and significance of emerging global
environmental issues and trends.
Major industrial and other environmental disasters like
Bhopal Tragedy
International conventions like Montreal Protocol, Basal
Convention Climate Convention and similar other
developments and their significance in policy formulation and
policy enactment.
Industrial Pollution- types of industrial pollution, - Hazardous
Waste Management, Role of the industries in managing the
industrial pollution. pollution prevention.
ISO 14000 EMS certification
Triple Bottom Line (TBL), Sustainability Reporting Practices
Strategic options for companies and competitive advantages
for corporate reporting practices. Command and control
strategies Vs market driven mechanisms.
Carbon Credits/ carbon trading.
Role of the Government in managing the environmental
activities in all sectors. Organisational set up at the Central
and state level to manage the environment.
Management Tools - Regulatory and legal instruments
available for Environmental Management. Environmental
Statement and Environmental Impact assessment (EIA) in all
sectors.
Role of judiciary in managing the environment. Major Laws
Air (P&C.P.) Act, Water (P & C.P) Act. Environment Protection
Act EPA 1986. Wild life Protection Act etc., PIL
Urban Environmental problems specific to cities, waste
management issues (both domestic and industrial). Garbage
disposal and management, solid waste management options

Durati
on

MPSTME-IT-23

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
for waste minimization.
Role of Citizens, Role of NGOs/ Environmental Activists.
Environmental footprints.

Text Books: (Preferably 1 or 2)


1. Environment Management by Dr.(Smt.).BalaKrishnamoorthy, Prentice Hall of
India, New Delhi, 2005
Reference Books:
1. Sapru R. K, Environment planning and management in India, South Asia Books,
1990
2. Wheatley Malcolm, Green Business: Making it work for your company, Trans
Atlantic, 1993
3. Pachauri, Qureshy, Population, Environment and Development. Tata Energy
Res. Institute, 1997
4. Environment (Protection) Act 1986, Eastern Book Company
Term Work:
As per Institute norms for term work.

MPSTME-IT-24

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : III

Course :

Data Structures and Algorithms

Code: BTIT03003

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming-I(BTAB01006), Computer ProgrammingII(BTAB02006)


Objectives:
To introduce students to both data structures and algorithm design.
To discuss different data structures to represent real world problems
To study various ways to design algorithms to solve the problems
Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. Assess how the choice of data structures and algorithm design methods
impacts the performance of programs.
2. Choose the appropriate data structure and algorithm design method for a
specified application.
3. Write programs using object-oriented design principles.
4. Solve problems using data structures such as linear lists, stacks, queues,
binary trees, heaps, and writing programs for these solutions.
5. Solve problems using algorithm design methods such as the greedy method,
divide and conquer, dynamic programming, backtracking, and writing
programs for these solutions.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

MPSTME-IT-25

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Data Structures : Linked List Single, Double, Circular; StacksInfix, Postfix, Prefix; Queues-Circular, Priority Queue, Deque ;
Trees-Binary Tree, and Graphs.

10

2.

Analyzing the Algorithms: Introduction to Complexity Theory,


Time and Space Complexity, Lower bounds and the complexity
of problems, Classifying functions by their asymptotic growth
rates, Different study areas in algorithm, Asymptotic notations,
Asymptotic order, Properties of big oh, big omega, and big theta,
Asymptotic order of common problems, Best case , average case
and worst case analysis for common problems, Optimality.

3.

Basic Search and Traversal Techniques for: Binary tree


traversal:- Inorder, Preorder and Postorder tree traversal. Search
and traversal techniques for graphs - BFS, DFS.

4.

Searching and Sorting Techniques: Efficiency considerations in


searching, Basic Searching Techniques- Sequential search,
Searching ordered table, Indexed sequential search, Binary
search, Interpolation search, Binary search tree, Hashing.
Efficiency considerations in sorting, General sorting MethodsBubble sort, Binary tree sort, Heaps and Heap sort, Heap as Priority
queues, Shell sort, Bucket sort, Radix sort. Time complexity
calculations, Best case, worst case and average case calculations
of the different sorting methods.

5.

Divide and Conquer Technique: The general method, control


abstraction for divide and conquer, Iterative form of divide and
conquer control abstraction, Merge sort, Insertion sort, Quick
sort, Selection sort, Time complexity calculations, Best case, worst
case and average case calculations of the different sorting
methods.

6.

Greedy Technique: The general method, Knapsack problem,


Minimum spanning trees, Prims and Kruskals algorithm, Single
source shortest paths algorithm.

7.

Dynamic Programming: The general method, principle of

MPSTME-IT-26

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
optimality, All pairs shortest paths, Optimal binary search trees,
0/1-knapsack.
8.

Backtracking: The general method, Estimating the efficiency of


backtracking, The Tic-Tac-Toe problem, Knapsack problem.

Total

45

Text Books:
1. Ellis Horowitz, and Sartaj Sahani, Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms,
2nd Edition, Universities Press, 2008.
2. Gilberg Richard F., Behrouz Foruzan, "Data Structures: A Pseudocode
Approach with C", Cengage Learning, 2nd Edition, 2007.
Reference Books:
1. Y. Langsam, M. J. Augenstein, A. M. Tannenbum, Data Structures Using C
and C++, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning, 2009.
2. P. H. Dava and H.B. Dava; Design and Anlaysis of Algorithms, Pearson
Education, 2008.
2. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E., Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Introduction to
Algorithms, MIT Press, 3rd edition, 2009.
3. Sara Baase, Alan Van Gelder, Computer Algorithms Introduction to Design
and Analysis, Addison-Wesley, 3rd edition, 2000.
4. Aho, Hopcroft, Ullman, Data Structures and Algorithms, Addison-Wesley,
2000.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work

MPSTME-IT-27

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : III

Course :

Digital Logic Design

Code: BTIT03004

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Pre-requisite:
(BTAB02003)

Tutoria
l

Credit

1
Basic

Electrical

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Engineering

(BTAB01003),

Basic

Electronics

Objective: To provide knowledge of logic circuits theory, elementary analysis and its
implementation in practical cases; the popular logic families and their characteristics
that will help to understand design of complex digital circuits and systems.
Outcomes:
After successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
Solve basic binary math operations using the logic gates.
Demonstrate programming proficiency using the various logical elements to
design practically motivated logical units.
Design different units that are elements of typical computers CPU.
Apply knowledge of the logic design course to solve problems of designing
of control units of different input/output devices.
Design electrical circuitry using logical elements realized on the base of
different technologies.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1

Description
Number Systems: Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal
number system and conversion, Binary weighted codes, Signed
number binary order, 1's and 2's complement codes, Binary
arithmetic.

Duration
3

MPSTME-IT-28

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2

Boolean Algebra: Binary logic functions, Boolean laws, Truth


tables, Associative and distributive properties, DeMorgans
Theorems, Realization of switching functions using logic gates.

Combinational Logic : Switching equations, Canonical logic


forms, Sum of product & Product of sums, Karnaugh maps,
Two, Three and Four variable Karnaugh maps, Simplification of
expressions, Quine-McCluskey minimization techniques, Mixed
logic combinational circuits, Multiple output functions.

Analysis and Design of Combinational Logic : Introduction to


combinational circuit, Code conversion, Decoder, Encoder,
Priority encoder, Multiplexers as function generators, Binary
address, Subtractor, BCD adder, Binary comparator, Arithmetic
and logic units.

Sequential Logic :Sequential circuits, Flip-flops, Clocked and


edge triggered flip-flops timing specifications counters
asynchronous and synchronous, Counter design with state
equations registers, Serial in serial out shift registers, Tristate
register, Register transfer timing considerations.

Sequential Circuits: State diagrams and tables, Transition table,


Excitation table and equations. Examples using flip-flops. Simple
synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuit analysis,
Construction of state diagram and counter design.

Programmable
Logic:
Programmable
logic
devices,
Programmable logic arrays and programmable array logic,
Design using PAL, Field programmable gate arrays.

Total

45

Text Book:
1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, 1st Edition, Pearson,
2004. (classic book)
Reference Books:
1. John P. Uyemura, Brookes, Digital Systems Design, Cengage Learning,

MPSTME-IT-29

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2006.
2. A. B. Marcontz, Introduction to Logic Design, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill Education, 2007.
3. Dr.(Mrs.) Nandini Jog Logic Circuits & Design, Nandu Publication, 2003
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work

MPSTME-IT-30

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : III

Course :

Principles of Communication Engineering

Code: BTIT03005

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Pre-requisite:

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Basic Electrical Engineering (BTAB01003), Basic Electronics


(BTAB0203), Engineering Mathematics I (BTAB01001), Engineering
Mathematics II (BTAB02001), Applied Mathematics III
(BTAB03001)

Objectives:
This course provides introduction to the general principles of analog and digital
communication. Students will be able understand various modulation and
multiplexing techniques used in communication engineering.
Outcomes:
After successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
Describe components of a communication system
Understand the basic concepts of Analog and digital Modulation
Understand the techniques used for digital transmission
Understand various multiplexing techniques used in communication system
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. Introduction: Elements of a communication system, Modulation


and demodulation, Noise in communication systems, Signal to
Noise ratio, Noise factor and Noise Figure, Equivalent Noise

Duration
6

MPSTME-IT-31

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Temperature.

2.

Radio Wave Propagation: Electromagnetic waves, Properties of


radio waves, Propagation of waves, Propagation terms and
definitions.

3.

Analog Modulation: Principles of amplitude modulation, AM


envelope, frequency spectrum and bandwidth, modulation index
and percent modulation, AM Voltage distribution, AM power
distribution, Angle modulation - FM and PM waveforms, phase
deviation and modulation Index, frequency deviation and
percent modulation, Frequency analysis of angle modulated
waves. Bandwidth requirements for Angle modulated waves

4.

Digital Communication: Introduction, Shannon limit for


information capacity, digital amplitude modulation, frequency
shift keying, FSK bit rate and baud, FSK transmitter, BW
consideration of FSK, FSK receiver, phase shift keying binary
phase shift keying QPSK, Quadrature Amplitude modulation,
bandwidth efficiency, carrier recovery squaring loop, Costas
loop, DPSK.

5.

Digital Transmission: Introduction, Pulse modulation, PCM


PCM sampling, sampling rate, signal to quantization noise rate,
companding analog and digital percentage error, delta
modulation, adaptive delta modulation, differential pulse code
modulation, pulse transmission Intersymbol interference, eye
patterns.

6.

Multiplexing: Time Division Multiplexing, statistical Time


Division Multiplexing , Frequency Division Multiplexing,
Wavelength Division Multiplexing, Code division multiplexingprinciple and implementations

Total
Text Books:

45

MPSTME-IT-32

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Wayne Tomasi, Electronic Communication System: Fundamentals
through Advanced, 5th Ed., Pearson Education, 2008.
2. Simon Haykin, Micheal Moher, Introduction to Analog and Digital
Communications, 2nd Ed., Wiley India 2012
Reference Books:
1. H.Taub,D L Schilling ,G Saha ,Principles of Communication3/e, TMH,
2007.
2. B.P.Lathi, Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems, 4th Ed.
,Oxford University Press, 2011
3. R. Blake, Electronic Communication Systems, 1st Ed. , Cengage India, 2012.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-33

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : III

Course :

Database Management Systems

Code: BTIT03006

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming-I(BTAB01006), Computer Programming


II(BTIT02006)
Objectives:
To understand the concept of storage of data and extraction of data for
various applications.
To enable the students to understand the basic concepts of DBMS and help
them to build coding skills in SQL.
Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to :
Understand the relational model of database design.
Write SQL queries for various database operations.
Understand and implement security in database.
Improve performance of database access using indexing and hashing.
Understand ACID properties of a transaction.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. Introduction: Introduction to Data Processing, Overview of Files


Systems, Drawbacks of File Systems, Purpose of Database System,
Concept of a Database, Database System Vs File Systems, View of
Data, Data Models, Database Languages, Database Users and
Administrator, Transaction Management, Database System
Structures.

Duration
4

MPSTME-IT-34

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2.

Relational Model: Basic Concepts, Constraints, Design Issues,


Keys, E-R Diagram, Weak Entity Sets, Extended E-R Features,
Design Features, Design of Database Schema, Reduction of an ER schema to Tables, Primary and Secondary Keys, Foreign Keys,
Structure of Relational Database, Relational Algebra and
Extended Relational-Algebra operations, Relational Calculus
Tuple Relational Calculus, Domain Relational Calculus,
Formation of Queries, Modification of the Database viewers.

10

3.

Structured Query Language (SQL): Background, Basic Structure,


Set Operations, Aggregate Functions, Null Values, Nested
Queries, Views, Complex Queries, Database Modification, DDL,
Embedded SQL, Stored Procedures and Functions, Dynamic SQL
Features.

4.

Integrity and Security: Domain Constrains, Referential Integrity,


Assertions, Triggers, Triggers and Assertions in SQL, Security
and Authorization in SQL.

5.

Relational-Database Design: Normalization, Decomposition,


First Normal Form to Fifth Normal Form, BCNF, Pitfalls in
Relational-Database Design, Functional Dependencies.

6.

Indexing and Hashing: Basic concepts, Ordered Indices dense,


Sparse Index, Multilevel Indices, Static Hashing, Dynamic
Hashing, Comparison of Indexing and Hashing, Indexing in SQL.

7.

Transactions: Basic Concept of Transaction, State of a


Transaction, Implementation of Atomicity and Durability,
Concurrent Executions, Serializability, Testing for Serializability,
Recoverability, Implementation of Isolation, Transaction in SQL.

8.

Case Study: Conceptual and database design for Library


Management System, Banking System, Inventory System.

Total

45

Text Books:
1. Hennery Korth, Abraham Silberschatz, Database System Concepts,

MPSTME-IT-35

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
6th Edition, Mc-Graw Hill, 2010
2. Elmarsi and Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Design, 6th
Edition, Pearson Education, 2010
Reference Books:
1. Peter Rob, Steven Morris and Carlos Coronel, Database Systems:
Design, Implementation and Management, Thomson Learning, 9th
Edition, 2009
2. C.J.Date, An Introduction to Database Systems, 8th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2006
3. R. Ramakrishnan, Database Management Systems, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2003
Term Work:
As per department and Institute Norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-36

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : III

Course :

Programming Workshop

Code : BTIT03007

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming-I(BTAB01006), Computer Programming-II


(BTAB02006)
Objectives:
To develop the abilities for object oriented programming using Java, to gain
knowledge of the basic data structures supported by Java and inheritance
concepts, exception handling techniques in Java
Outcomes:
Understand and apply basic concepts of writing and executing Java programs
Apply program design principles of control structures in Java programs
Create Java applications using basic object-oriented design techniques like
inheritance
Create Java programs using standard Java packages and interfaces
Design, and develop Java applets using effective design principles
Evaluate and apply appropriate basic exception handling techniques for Java
programs
Understand and apply appropriate string handling functions in Java..
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1

Description
Java Fundamentals and Environment Object Oriented
Programming, Revisited, Using Blocks of code, Lexical Issues, Java
Class Libraries.

Duration
1

MPSTME-IT-37

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2

Programs Using : Data types, Variables, Arrays, Operators, Control


Statements

Programs Using Classes: Class Fundamentals, Declaring Objects,


Constructors, Garbage Collection, finalize( )

Programs Using Inheritance: Inheritance Basics, Super, method


overriding, using abstract classes, using final with inheritance.

Programs Using Packages and Interfaces:


Protection, Importing packages, Interfaces.

Packages, Access

Programs using Exception Handling: Exception handling


fundamentals, exception types, uncaught exceptions, using try and
catch, throw, throws, finally, Javas built-in exceptions, creating
your own exceptions.

Programs using String Handling : String Constructors, Special


String operators, Character Extraction, String Comparison, Searching
Strings and Modifying Strings.

Applets: Applet basics, applet architecture, simple applet display


methods, requesting repainting, HTML applet tag, Passing
parameters to applets.

Total

15

Text Book:
1. Patrick Naughton & Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference Java2, 7th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
Reference Books:
1. Joseph ONeil, Teach Yourself Java, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
2. Ken Arnold, James Gosling, David Holmes, The Java Programming

Language, 4th Edition, Addison Wesley, 2005.


Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-38

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (All Branches)

Semester :IV

Course :

Applied Mathematics - IV

Code :BTAB04001

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Engineering Mathematics - I (BTAB01001) and Engineering


Mathematics II (BTAB02001).

Objectives:
1. To provide the understanding and use of Complex variables.
2. Acquire knowledge of statistical methods and Linear programming problems.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Work with functions of complex variables.
Identify the suitable probability distribution (Binomial, Poisson and Normal),
Statistical tests to solve real life problems.
Students can implement Statistical techniques and Linear programming
techniques to various Engineering and science problems.

Detailed Syllabus:

MPSTME-IT-39

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Unit
4.

Description

Duration

Complex Variables :
Functions of Complex Variables
Analytic Function, Cauchy-Riemann Conditions for Analytic
Functions, Harmonic Functions, Milne-Thompson method to
determine analytic function when its real or imaginary or its
combination is given.

10

Conformal transformation: Standard transformations such as


translation, rotation and magnification, inversion and reflection.
Bilinear transformation, cross ratio, fixed points.
Special transformations: e z ,sinh z, cosh z,sin z, cos z
5.
Random Variables:

6.

Discrete and continuous random variables, probability mass


function, cumulative distribution function, mean, variance,
moments and moment generating functions. Relation between
raw moments and central moments (without proof).
Probability Distributions:
Discrete Probability Distributions: Binomial Distribution ,Poisson
Distribution,

10

Continuous Probability Distributions: Normal Distribution,


Mean and Variance of the above distributions.
7.

Testing of Hypothesis:
Large Sample Tests: tests of mean and variance ,
Small sample tests: Students t-test, F-test,

10

MPSTME-IT-40

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2 test
8.

Introduction to Operations Research:


Linear Programming Problems: Problem Formulation, Graphical
method, Simplex method, Big-M method.
Total

45

Note: Proofs of theorems are not expected

Text Books: (Preferably 1 or 2)


1.
2.

H.K. Dass, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, S.Chand & Co., 17th


edition, 2007.
J.K. Sharma, Operations Research Theory and Applications, Macmillan, 4th
Edition, 2010.

Reference Books:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics , Wiley Eastern Ltd,
10th Edition, 2010.
2. S.P.Gupta , Statistical Methods, Sultan Chand & Sons, 35th Edition, 2007.
3. T. Veerarajan, Probability, Statistics and Random Processes, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2nd Edition, 2008.
4. V. K. Kapoor, Operations Research, Sultan Chand & Sons, 4th Edition, 2007.

Term Work:
As per Institute norms for term work.

MPSTME-IT-41

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information) Technology

Semester : IV

Course :

Constitution of India (only for 2013-14)

Code: BTAB04002

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: NIL
Objectives
To understand the basic aspects of the constitution of India, the evolution,
the directive principle & important provisions.
To understand the implications of important constitutional provision on
Business and Professionals
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to:
Constitution rules and the fundamental right as well as duties
The various policies
The Parliamentary procedures
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

1. The Constitution, its evolution including history of freedom


struggle
Fundamental rights and duties, exceptions with examples,
2.
individual responsibilities & duties, application to Business

3.

4.

Directive principles of the state policy, its emphasis & its impact
on future legislation, in particular as related to business
Parliamentary procedures and practices

5.

Centre, State Relations, Procedures in the legal relationship,

MPSTME-IT-42

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Emergency provisions under article 370 & 371, safeguards for
minorities, , Services under the Union and States, application to
business
6.

Voting behaviour in India and present political scene.


Responsibilities of Business in relation to the Constitution.
Total

30

Text Book:
1. Durga Das Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India, 20th Edition,

LexisNexis, 2012
Reference Books:
N.A. Palkhiwala, We the People, 1st Edition, Ubspd,1999
Madhav Khosla, Indian Constitution, Oxford University Press, 2012
Term Work:
As per Department and institute norms for Term-work

MPSTME-IT-43

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : IV

Course :

Computer Organization and Architecture

Code: BTIT04003

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

2.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Digital Logic Design (BTIT03004)


Objectives:
To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a
digital computer.
To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms
& implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition, subtraction,
multiplication & division.
To study the different ways of communicating with I/O devices and standard
I/O interfaces.
To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual
memory.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to:
Understand the basic architecture and operation of a digital computer.
Perform arithmetic operations in binary, hexadecimal number systems
Understand the implementation of arithmetic unit operations
Understand the hierarchical memory systems used in computers
Apply the basic knowledge of design of digital logic circuits to computer
organization
Understand the working of the different units like Central Processing Unit,
Control Unit and I/O Unit
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

MPSTME-IT-44

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Overview : General organization and architecture, Structural /
functional view of a computer, Evolution / brief history of
computers

2.

System Buses: Computer Functions and flow control, Interrupts


and Interconnection, Bus Design and Timings, Hierarchy and
Arbitration.

3.

Memory Organization: Internal Memory: Characteristics,


Hierarchy, Semiconductor Main Memory: Types of RAM, Chip
Logic, Memory module organization, Cache Memory: Elements
of cache design, Address mapping and translation, Replacement
algorithms, Advanced DRAM Organization, Performance
characteristics of two level memories, External Memory:
Magnetic disk, Tape, Raid, Optical memory, High speed
memories: Associative memory, Interleaved memory.

4.

Data Path Design: Fixed Point Arithmetic, Floating Point


Arithmetic, Design of basic serial and parallel high speed adders,
subtractors, multipliers, Booths algorithm, ALU: Combinational
and Sequential ALU

5.

The Central Processing Unit: Basic instruction cycle, Instruction


sets, formats and addressing, Processor Organization, Register
Organization, Instruction Pipelining, Co processors, pipeline
processors, RISC computers, RISC computers Versus CISC computers.

6.

The control Unit: Micro operations, Hardwired


Implementation, Micro programmed control, Micro instruction
format, Applications of microprogramming

7.

Input and Output Unit: External devices: Keyboard, monitor,


disk drive and device driver, I/O modules: Programmed I/O,
interrupt driven I/O, DMA, I/O Channels and I/O processors,
Serial transmission and synchronization

Multiprocessor Processor Organizations: Flynns classification


of parallel processing systems, Pipelining concepts

MPSTME-IT-45

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Total

30

Text Book:
1. William Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture: Designing for
Performance, 8th Edition.Pearson Education, 2010
Reference Books:
1. John P. Hayes, Computer Architecture and Organization, 3rd Edition , Tata Mc-Graw
Hill, 2012
2. Andrew Tannenbaum,Todd Austin, Structured Computer Organization, 6th
Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2013
3. V. Carl Hamacher and Zaky, Computer Organization, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-46

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : V

Course :

Digital Signal and Image Processing


Teaching Scheme

Code : BIT04004
Evaluation Scheme

Theory
Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Principles of Communication Engineering (BTIT03005 )


Objective: This is an introductory course which familiarizes students with basic
concepts in Signals & System Processing. Course also covers fundamentals of
Transforms, Digital Filter Design and Application. Fundamentals related to various
operations on the Image Processing are covered in this course.
Outcomes:
Students should be able to explain the need of signal processing
Students should be able to explain the use of transforms and filters
Students should be able to explain the need for image processing for various
applications
Students should be able to explain use of Transforms on image for data
compression
Students should be able to explain how data transmission happens using
different compression techniques
Students should be able to use morphological operations on image
Students should be able to do image enhancement and segmentation
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

1. Introduction: Signals, Systems, and Signal Processing,


Classification of Signals, The Concept of Frequency in
Continuous Time and Discrete Time Signals, Analog to
Digital and Digital to Analog Conversion

2. Transforms: The ZTransform; Properties of the Z-Transform;

10

MPSTME-IT-47

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Inversion of the Z Transform, DFT, FFT Algorithms,
Applications of FFT Algorithms, Walsh transform, Hadamard
transform, DCT, Slant transform, Optimum transform: Karhunen
Loeve (Hotelling) transform.
3. Design of Digital Filters: General Considerations; Design of FIR
Filters, Design of IIR Filters from Analog Filters

4. Image Enhancement in the Spatial and Frequency Domain:


Gray level transformations, Enhancement techniques,Histogram
processing, Spatial filtering: Introduction, Smoothing and
sharpening filters. Frequency domain filters: Smoothing and
Sharpening filters, Homomorphic filtering

5. Image Data Compression and Morphological Image Processing


:

Fundamentals, Redundancies: Coding, Interpixel Pysycho-visual,


fidelity criteria, Image compression models, Error free
compression, Lossy compression. Introduction, Dilation, Erosion,
Opening, closing, Hit or-Miss transformation, Morphological
algorithm operations on binary images
6. 6Image Segmentation, Representation and Description:
. Detection of discontinuities, Edge linking and Boundary
detection, Thresholding, Region based segmentation
Total

45

Text Books:
1. John G. Proakis, Dimitris Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing, 4th Edition,

Pearson Education, 2007.


2. R.C Gonzalez and Richard Woods, Digital Image Processing, 3/e, Pearson

publication, 2008.

MPSTME-IT-48

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Reference Books:
1. S Salivahanan, Digital Signal Processing, 1st edition, TMH, 2000.
2. Oppenham & Scafer, "Discrete Time Signal Processing", 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2002.
3. J. R. Johnson, "Introduction to Digital Signal Processing", PHI, 1st Edition,
2011
4. Ashok Ambardkar, Analog and Digital Signal Processing, 2nd Edition,
Thomson Publication, 2000
5. William K. Pratt, Digital Image Processing, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
6. B. Chanda & D. Dutta Majumder, Digital Image Processing and Analysis,
PHI, 2003.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-49

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester IV
:

Course :

Operating Systems

Code: BTIT04005

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100
Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Organization & Architecture (BTIT04003), Computer


Programming-I
(BTAB01006),
Computer
Programming-II
(BTAB02006), Programming Workshop (BTIT03007).
Objectives:
Student will learn important resources and their management policies,
algorithms used by operating system. This fundamental will help them to study
and design modern operating systems in subsequent trimester and would work
as a base to understanding advances OS subjects like Distributed Systems,
Embedded Systems etc.
Understand problem solving through bankers algorithm, paging algorithms,
process & disk scheduling algorithms, File Allocation Methods, Free Space Disk
Management Algorithms.
Make the students understand the basics of IPC concepts like critical section,
starvation, semaphore, monitor, messages, deadlock through real life problems
like Sleeping Barber, Consumer & Producer, Readers & Writers, Dinning
Philosophers.
Outcomes: Students would be able to :
Apply knowledge of data structure to understand the working of processes,
file allocation & memory allocation algorithms.
Design, implement, conduct simulation experiments on process scheduling,
inter-process communication, page management, deadlock avoidance and
analyze and interpret efficiency of system by using different algorithms.
Design, implement and evaluate optimized use of the CPU & hardware
resources on the computer system by understanding working of different

MPSTME-IT-50

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
algorithms for process, memory & file modules to meet desired need of
overall system performance.
Identify, formulate and provide effective IT solution for engineering problems
like managing & accessing different storage devices, physical & virtual
memory, file organization, process scheduling, address translation etc.
Provide the broad education necessary to understand the impact of process,
memory & file management solutions for Linux & windows operating
systems.
Use the algorithms for various modules of the OS necessary for designing &
developing OS with enhanced system performance.
Detailed Syllabus
Unit
1

Topics
Operating System Overview

Duration(H
rs)
04

Operating system objectives and functions, evolution of


operating system, characteristics of modern operating system,
basic concepts: Processes, files, system calls, shell, layered
structure v/s monolithic structure of OS, introduction to
distributed OS, RTOS, Mobile OS.
2

Process and Process Scheduling

08

Process description, Process control block, threads, thread


management, comparison between Processes and Threads,
process scheduling : Types, study and comparison of various
scheduling algorithms.
3

Process Concurrency
Principles of concurrency: mutual exclusion hardware
approaches, mutual exclusion software approaches,
semaphores, monitors, message passing, producer/consumer
Problem, reader/writer problem, Sleeping Barber Problem.
Deadlock and starvation: principles of deadlock, deadlock
prevention, deadlock avoidance, deadlock detection, An
integrated deadlock strategy, dining philosopher problem.

08

MPSTME-IT-51

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
4

Memory Management

06

Memory management requirements, memory partitioning,


virtual memory management, paging, segmentation,
segmented paging, design and implementation issues in
paging and segmentation, page replacement algorithms, page
fault handling, working set model.
5

I/O Management and Disc Scheduling


I/O devices, organization of the I/O function, operating
system design issues, I/O buffering, disk scheduling and disk
scheduling algorithms, RAID, Disk cache.
File Management
Overview, File organization, File directories, File sharing
record blocking, Secondary storage management. UNIX File
system.
Case Study
Overview of Windows Operating System: Process and thread
management, scheduling, concurrency control mechanisms,
memory management and I/O management.

06

Contemporary Issues related to Operating System

05

TOTAL

40

04

04

Text Books:
1. Achyut Godbole, Operating Systems, McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition, 2010
2. William Stallings, Operating Systems, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin and Greg Gagne, Operating System
Concepts, 8th Edition, Wiley, 2009.
2. Ann McHoes, ,Understanding Operating Systems, 5th Edition, Course
Technology, 2007
3. Andrew Tannenbaum, Woodhull Albert, Operating Systems : Design and
Implementation, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2002R.
Term Work :
As per Department & Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-52

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester :

Course :

Web Programming

Code: BTIT04007

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

IV

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming I (BTAB01006)


Objectives:
To get an understanding of the Web & Technology required for building a web
site, students would be able to make their projects as applications which are
available online.
This would also help the students during their jobs to understand the
organizations need and creating modules which would be required to be
available on global net as an online application.
Students will learn underlying Web and programming concepts including
how to use SQL queries and database middle layers to make Web pages
dynamic.
Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students would be able to :
1. Apply knowledge of client/server architecture & the HTTP protocol usage of get
& post transactions for building web applications on Internet.
2. Design web pages using CSS for standard appearance; add dynamism in the web
page using Java Script & DHTML. Convert HTML pages to XHTML adding XML
data to transfer data online irrespective to compatibility issues.
3. Design & implement a web application by building a web site using the client side
technologies like (HTML client form; CSS for appearance as inline, internal &
external; HTML DOM for dynamic changes considering each HTML tag as an
object and changing its content, style; JavaScript for validations on the client side)
and server side technologies like (PHP) for database connectivity and maintain
sessions.
4. Identify, formulate and provide effective IT solution for various scenarios.

MPSTME-IT-53

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
5. Understand the impact of using XHTML over HTML for standardizing web pages
on all browsers, learning economical way for controlling appearance & layout
through CSS, understanding the way other technologies can be embedded into
the web page to enhance visual effects.
6. Shift focus now from HTML pages to XHTML pages so that they are standardized
as per global relevance (irrespective to platform or type of device) and also have
ability to port data along with information.
7. Overview of other technologies for adding more multimedia features to the web
page.
8. Create web based IT solutions and integrating the database with server side
technology PHP. Thus making the companys IT applications available online.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1

Description
Mark-up languages: HTML

Duration
8

Introduction, Basic Tags, Attributes, Heading, Paragraphs,


Formatting, Styles, Links, Images, Tables, Lists, Forms, Colors,
Layout, Frames, Font, CSS, Entities, Head, Metatags, URLs, Scripts,
Events, URL Encode, WebServer (IIS and Apache).
2

Cascading Style Sheets:

Introduction, Inline Styles, Embedded Style Sheets, Conflicting


Styles, Linking External Style Sheets, Positioning Elements,
Backgrounds, Element Dimensions, Box Model and Text Flow,
Media Types, Drop-Downs, User Style Sheets.
3

XHTML

Introduction, Headings, Linking, Images, Lists, Special Characters


and Horizontal Rules, Internal Linking, Meta Elements, Forms,
Tables.
4

JAVA Script:
Introduction, Decision Making, Control Statements, Functions,
Objects, Arrays, Event Handling.

MPSTME-IT-54

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
5

PHP:

Introduction, Decision, Looping, Arrays, Functions, Forms,


Methods, Cookies, Sessions, Error, Exception, Filter, References
6

MySQL:

Introduction, Connect, Create, Insert, Select, Where clause, order by


clause, Update, Delete and ODBC.
7

Contemporary Issues related to Web Programming & Overview


of Latest Technologies.
Total

45

Text Books:
1. Robert W. Sebesta, Programming the World Wide Web, Pearson Education, 4th
Edition, 2009.
2. Dietel & Dietel , Internet and World Wide Web, Pearson Publication, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. Achyut Godbole , Web Technologies, TMH, 2003.
2. Ullman, PHP 6 and MySQL5 for Dynamic Web Sites:Visual QuickPro Guide, Pearson
Publication, 2008.
3. Paul S. Wang, An Introduction to Web Design & Programming, Cengage
Learning, 2008
4. Joel Sklar, et. al., The Web Warrior Guide to Web Design Technologies,
Cengage Learning, 5th Edition, 2011.
5. Thomas A. Powell, The Complete Reference to HTML & XHTML, 4th Edition,
TMH, 2003.
6. Steven Holzner, HTML Black Book, Dreamtech Press, 2000.
Term Work:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-55

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : IV

Course :

Implementation of Technology

Code: BTIT04008

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: NIL
Objectives:
To study latest tools, methods and technologies as per best industry
practices.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to:
Understand the different components needed to implement.
Analyse the data and interpret the results to understand the requirements.
Select the appropriate methods and tools.
Design and implement the planned modules.
Content :
Define Problem statement
Study the basic tools needed to solve the problem in hand
Hands on exercises to understand the tools usage and accuracy
Complete the exercises and find the solution to the problem in hand
Provide the solution and Implement it using the tool studied above
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-56

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : V

Course :

Unix Programming

Code :

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

BTIT05001

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming I (BTAB01006), Operating Systems


(BTIT04005)
Objectives:
Understand the file system of Unix & learn basic Unix commands, utilities along
with filters, as they would form a base to be later incorporated in the shell
scripts.
Through shell scripts enable a convenient variation of a system command where
special environment settings, command options, or post-processing apply
automatically, but in a way that allows the new script to still act as a fully normal
Unix command.
Outcomes: Students would be able to :
Apply knowledge of programming constructs & logic to create shell scripts.
An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret
combination of built in commands available to solve a problem.
An ability to identify, formulate and provide effective system commands or
build shell scripts for solving engineering problems.
Recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in continuing professional
development and self learning.
Use the techniques learned from the system commands & system calls of Unix,
Shell programming skills like constructs, variables etc to develop customized
applications through shell scripts for automating or simulating real life
scenarios.
Identify and analyze user & administrator needs to automate some of the day to
day tasks like initialising environment variables, initial system screen,
maintenance, repetitive sequences etc through shell scripts.

MPSTME-IT-57

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

Editor & File System: vi editor concepts; modes; commands; File


Structure; Handling Files & Directories; File Attributes:
Ownership, Permission; file & directory related commands; I/O
Redirection; Wildcards; Quotes.

Security & Filters: Users and Groups; Security Levels; Changing


Permissions; User Masks; Filters & Pipes; Concatenating Files;
Displaying start & end of files; cut and paste; sorting; count &
comparing files; regular expressions & grep.

Shell Programming (Bourne Shell): Variables; Arithmetic


operators, hierarchy of Logical operators; Decisions: if, case, file
tests, string tests, Numerical tests; Loops: for, until, while, break,
continue; nested loops; shell metacharacters; system variables;
functions; command line arguments, positional parameters; read,
echo, eval, expr.

Total

15

Text Books:
1. Yashwant Kanetkar, Unix Shell Programming, BPB Publications, 2003.
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Richard F. Gilberg, Unix and Shell Programming,
Cengage Learning, 2011.
Reference Books:
1. D.P.Kothari, Shriram K. Vasudevan, Sundaram R.M.D., Subashri V., Linux,
New Age Interantional Publishers, 2012.
2. Sumitabha Das, Unix and Shell Programming, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2008.
3. W. Richard Stevens, Stephen A. Rago, Advanced Programming in the Unix
Environment, Pearson Education, 2005.
Term Work:
As per Department & Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-58

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : V

Course :

Software Engineering

Code :

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

BTIT05002

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Credit

3.5

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming I (BTAB01006), Computer Programming


II (BTAB02006), Programming Workshop (BTIT03007)
Objectives:
To make the students understand the principle and practice required to
develop a quality software in large size with a team
The objective is to develop the ability and skills within a student for
requirement analysis design and modelling
The students are exposed to software development processes, practices and
standards.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course
Students will learn about the Software development life cycle
Students will understand the detailed requirement needs
Students will be able to prepare the design layout
Students will achieve to design the test scenarios to check the quality of the
software to be developed
The students will be able to draw the modeling diagrams such as UML
diagram developed.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

MPSTME-IT-59

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Importance of Software Engineering: Role of Software,
Categories of Software, Legacy Software, Software Myth

2.

Prescriptive Process Models: Process Framework, Capability


Maturity Model Integration Waterfall Model, Incremental & RAD
Models, Prototyping, Spiral Model, Concurrent Development
Model

3.

Agile Process Models: Agility, Agile Process, Extreme


Programming, Adaptive Software Development, Dynamic
Software Development, SCRUM, Crystal

4.

Requirement Analysis & Design: Requirement Engineering


tasks,, Elements of Analysis Model, Data Modeling Concepts,
Data Flow Model, Control Flow Model, Control Specification,
Process Specification Design Process & Design Quality, Design
Concepts.

5.

Architectural Design: Software Architecture, Data Design,


Architectural Styles, Representing System in Context, Refining
Architecture into Components, Mapping Data Flow into a
Software Architecture

6.

User Interface Design: Golden Rules for User Interface Design,


Interface Analysis & Design, Interface Design Steps

7.

Testing Strategies & Tactics: Test Strategies for Conventional


Software, Validation Testing, System Testing, Black-Box & WhiteBox Testing, Basis Path Testing, Control Structure Testing

8.

Software Quality & Metrics: McCalls Software Quality Factors,


ISO 9126 Quality Factors, Framework for Product Metrics,
Function-based Matrices, Architectural Design Metrics, Process &
Project Metrics, Size oriented & Function Oriented Metrics,
Metrics for Software Quality, SQA Activities

Total
Text Books:

30

MPSTME-IT-60

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Roger Pressman, Software Engineering Practitioners Approach, TMH, 7th
Edition, 2009
2. Ian Sommerville. Software Engineering, Pearson Education, 9th Edition,
2010
Reference Books:
1. Pankaj Jalote, An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, Narosa
Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2010
2. Ken Schwaber, Agile Project Management with Scrum, Microsoft Press, 2004
Term Work:
As per department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-61

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : V

Course :

Principles of Economics and Management


Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Code : BTIT05003

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: NIL
Objectives:
This course provides basic introduction to economic principles. Various
theories related management are introduced.
Outcomes:
Students will learn to analyze
nature of market economy, concept of economic efficiency
Consumer demand and elasticity concepts
Economic costs and normal profit
macroeconomic problems and issues through an analytical and quantitative
approach.
Students will understand :
the nature of business cycles
macroeconomic policy
economic growth
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. Introduction: Industrial Economics, Problem of scarcity of


economic resources, the economic systems.

Duration
2

MPSTME-IT-62

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2.

Demand & Supply Analysis: Concept of demand and elasticity


of demand, Consumer Behavior, Production and Cost behavior,
Scale Economics, Technological change and effects.

3.

Structure of Market / Industry Analysis: Types of Competition


monopoly, oligopoly, monopolistic competition, perfect and
imperfect competition, Government Policy towards industry.

4.

Macro Economics Indicators : GDP, Inflation & Employment .

5.

Government & Central Banking Function of central banking,


monitory policy and fiscal policy, taxation, balance of trade and
payments, external sector policies of India.

6.

New Economic Policy: Liberalization, privatization,


globalization.

7.

Introduction to Management : Development of management


thought, contribution of F.W. Taylor, Henri Fayol, Elton Mayo,
Nature of Planning, decision making process, Managing by
Objectives (MBO).

8.

Organizational Structure : Line and staff relationships,


centralization & decentralization, role of delegation of authority.

9.

Theory of Motivation : Maslow, Herzberg & McGregor theory of


motivation, McClellands achievement theories

10.

Introduction to Production & Marketing Management :


production, planning and control, inventory control, qualition
control, sales, advertising, market research.

11.

Introduction to Finance & Human Resource Functions : breakeven analysis, budgeting, staffing, training.

Total

30

Text Books:
1. Paul and Samuelson and Nordhaus, Economics, 19th Edition, Tata

MPSTME-IT-63

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
MacGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Ruddar Datt, K.P.M. Sundharam,Indian Economy, 67th Edition, S. Chand,
2013.
Reference Books:
1. Koontz, ODonnell, Weihrich, Essentials of Management : An
International and Leadership Perspective, 9th Edition, Tata MacGraw
Hill, 2012
2. L.M.Prasad, Principles and Practice of Management, 2006
3. V.S. Ramaswamy, Marketing Management, 2006
4. Khan & Jain , Financial Management, 2006
5. Dr. B.S. Goyal, Production Operations Management, 1996
Term Work:
As per department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-64

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Course :

Wireless Networking

Semester : V
Code : BTIT05004

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Principles of Communication Engineering (BTIT03005), Computer


Networks
Objectives:
This is an introductory course in wireless networking providing a comprehensive
treatment of wireless data and telecommunication networks. This course addresses
the fundamentals of wireless networking, including architectures, protocols, and
standards. It describes concepts, technology and applications of wireless networking
as used in current and next-generation wireless networks. It explains the
engineering aspects of network functions and designs.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Understand the architectures and elements of a wireless network
Understand the signalling schemes used in wireless networks
Understand the wireless protocols and standards
Analyze the operation and performance of wireless protocols
Understand various security issues related to wireless networks
Capture most recent development in 3G and 4G wireless systems
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

MPSTME-IT-65

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Introduction: A case for mobility many aspects, History of
mobile Communication, Overview of Wireless system Market
Areas of research, Transmission fundamental: frequencies, signal,
antennas(Gain and loss, antenna characteristics
propagation,

Multiplexing,

spread

spectrum,

05

, signal
Modulation,

Cellular System.
2.

Medium Access Control and Satellite System: Motivation for a


specialization MAC: Hidden & exposed terminal, Near & Far
Terminal SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, OFDM, Aloha,
Reservation schemes, collision avoidance, MACA, Polling,

06

CSMA, satellite communication basics, Geostationary satellites


(GEOS), Low-earth orbiting satellites (LEOS), Medium-earth
orbiting satellites (MEOS), Capacity allocation.
3.

Telecommunication Systems: GSM Mobile services, system


architecture, Radio interface, Protocols, Localization and calling,
Handover,

Security,

New

data

services;

DECT:

System

06

architecture, Protocol Architecture, TETRA UMTS and IMT-2000:


UMTS Basic architecture, UTRA FDD Mode, UTR TDD mode.
4.

Wireless LAN & Bluetooth: Infrared vs. Radio transmission,


infrastructure and AD hoc Network, IEEE 802.11: System
architecture, Protocol architecture, Physical Layer, Medium
access control sublayer, information bases and networking,
Bluetooth

User

scenarios,

physical

layer,

MAC

layer,

Networking. Security, Link management, Frequency Hopping in


Bluetooth, Physical Links between Master and Slave, Bluetooth
Packet Fields, Types of Access Codes.

08

MPSTME-IT-66

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
5.

Mobile Network & Transport Layers: Mobile IP, goals


assumption and requirement, Entities and terminology , IP
packet delivery, agent advertisement and discovery, Registration,
tunnelling

and

tunnelling,

IPv6;

encapsulation
Dynamic

host

Optimizations,

Reverse

configuration

protocol,

Traditional TCP: Congestion control, slow start, fast Retransmit/

06

fast recovery, implications on mobility; indirect TCP, snooping


TCP, Mobile TCP, fast retransmit/ fast recover, Transmission/
time-out freezing, selective Retransmission, Transaction oriented
TCP.
6.

Ad hoc network: Issues in ad hoc wireless networks, issues in


designing a routing protocol for ad hoc networks, destination
Sequence distance vector, Dynamic source routing , hierarchical

05

state routing protocol, power aware routing protocol


7.

Security Issues in Wireless Systems: The Need for Wireless


Network Security, Attacks on Wireless Networks, Security
Services, Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) Protocol, Weaknesses

04

in the WEP Scheme, introduction WPA and WPA2.


8.

Contemporary issues related to wireless networks.


Total

05
45

Text Books:
1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education,
2008
Reference Books:
1. Dharma Prakash Agarwal and Quing An Zeng, Introduction to Wireless and
mobile systems, 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012
2. T. S. Rappaport, Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice, 2nd Ed.,

MPSTME-IT-67

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Pearson, 2010
3. P. Ncopolitidis, M S Obaidat, Wireless Networks, Wiley, 2009
4. C.Siva Ram Murthy and B.S.Manoj, Adhoc Wireless Networks Architectures
and Protocols, Peasrson Education, 2011
5. Sunilkumar S. Manvi, Mahabaleshwar S. Kakkasageri, Wireless And Mobile
Networks: Concepts And Protocols, Wiley India, 2010
6. Kaveh Pahlavan and Prashant Krishnamurty, Principles of Wireless
Networks, PHI, 2002
7. Gottapu Sasibhushana Rao, Mobile Cellular Communication, 1st Ed.,
Pearson Education, 2012
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-68

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : V

Course :

Digital Signal and Image Processing


Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Code : BTIT05005

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Principles of Communication Engineering (BTIT03005)


Objective: This is an introductory course which familiarizes students with basic
concepts in Signals & System Processing. Course also covers fundamentals of
Transforms, Digital Filter Design and Application. Fundamentals related to various
operations on the Image Processing are covered in this course.
Outcomes:
Students should be able to explain the need of signal processing
Students should be able to explain the use of transforms and filters
Students should be able to explain the need for image processing for various
applications
Students should be able to explain use of Transforms on image for data
compression
Students should be able to explain how data transmission happens using
different compression techniques
Students should be able to use morphological operations on image
Students should be able to do image enhancement and segmentation
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

1. Introduction: Signals, Systems, and Signal Processing,


Classification of Signals, The Concept of Frequency in
Continuous Time and Discrete Time Signals, Analog to
Digital and Digital to Analog Conversion

2. Transforms: The ZTransform; Properties of the Z-Transform;

10

MPSTME-IT-69

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Inversion of the Z Transform, DFT, FFT Algorithms,
Applications of FFT Algorithms, Walsh transform, Hadamard
transform, DCT, Slant transform, Optimum transform: Karhunen
Loeve (Hotelling) transform.
3. Design of Digital Filters: General Considerations; Design of FIR
Filters, Design of IIR Filters from Analog Filters

4. Image Enhancement in the Spatial and Frequency Domain:


Gray level transformations, Enhancement techniques,Histogram
processing, Spatial filtering: Introduction, Smoothing and
sharpening filters. Frequency domain filters: Smoothing and
Sharpening filters, Homomorphic filtering

5. Image Data Compression and Morphological Image Processing


:

Fundamentals, Redundancies: Coding, Interpixel Pysycho-visual,


fidelity criteria, Image compression models, Error free
compression, Lossy compression. Introduction, Dilation, Erosion,
Opening, closing, Hit or-Miss transformation, Morphological
algorithm operations on binary images
6. 6Image Segmentation, Representation and Description:
. Detection of discontinuities, Edge linking and Boundary
detection, Thresholding, Region based segmentation
Total

45

Text Books:
1. John G. Proakis, Dimitris Manolakis, Digital Signal Processing, 4th Edition,
Pearson Education, 2007.
2. R.C Gonzalez and Richard Woods, Digital Image Processing, 3/e, Pearson
publication, 2008.

MPSTME-IT-70

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Reference Books:
1. S Salivahanan, Digital Signal Processing, 1st edition, TMH, 2000.
2. Oppenham & Scafer, "Discrete Time Signal Processing", 2nd Edition, Pearson
Education, 2002.
3. J. R. Johnson, "Introduction to Digital Signal Processing", PHI, 1st Edition,
2011
4. Ashok Ambardkar, Analog and Digital Signal Processing, 2nd Edition,
Thomson Publication, 2000
5. William K. Pratt, Digital Image Processing, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
6. B. Chanda & D. Dutta Majumder, Digital Image Processing and Analysis,
PHI, 2003.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-71

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Course :

Distributed Computing

Semester : V
Code : BTIT05006

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical Tutorial

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Operating Systems (BTIT04005), Computer Networks


Objectives:
To enable the students to understand need of Distributed Systems and the
architecture required for building such systems.
To help them design a distributed system by understanding the various
aspects of design such as communication, Synchronization, consistency,
replication.
To enable the students understand the role of security in Distributed Systems
Outcomes:
The students will learn the architecture of distributed Systems.
They will be learn to develop code required for communication between
different parts of distributed systems.
They will learn various consistency models and protocols used to implement
consistency models in a distributed system.
They will learn the concept of code migration and the issues involved in the
process of code migration.
They will learn how synchronization is achieved between different processes
in a distributed system.
They will learn the different security considerations important for distributed
systems.
They will also learn how distributed file system works.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

MPSTME-IT-72

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1.

Introduction to Distributed System: Definition, goals, Examples

of Distributed system: Internet, Distributed Computing System,


Distributed information system.
2.

Architecture of Distributed System: System architecture :


centralized

architecture,

decentralized

architecture,

hybrid

architecture, architecture versus middleware,


3.

Processes: Threads, virtualization, clients, servers, code migration

4.

Communication in Distributed System: Fundamental, remote

procedure call, message oriented communication, stream oriented


communication, multicast communication, Java RMI case study.
5.

Naming: Names, identifiers, and addresses, flat naming, structure

naming, attributed-based naming


6.

Synchronization: Clock synchronization, logical clocks, mutual

exclusion, global positioning of nodes, election algorithm.


7.

Consistency

and

replication:

Introduction,

data

centric

consistency model, client-centric consistency models, replica


management, fault tolerance services.
8.

Security: Secure channels, access control, security management

9.

Distributed file system: File service architecture, sun network

file system, recent advances


10.

Case study: Distributed Object-based system, distributed web-

based system.
Total

45

MPSTME-IT-73

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Text Books:
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Distributed System: Principles and Paradigms, 2nd
Edition, Pearson Education, 2007
Reference Books:
1. George Couloris, Distributed System: Concept and Design, 3rd Edition,
Pearson Education, 2005
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-74

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B.Tech (Information Technology)

Semester : VI

Course :

Computer Simulation and Modeling

Code : BTIT06001

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

3.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Engineering Mathematics II (BTAB02001), Applied Mathematics


III (BTAB03001), Applied Mathematics IV (BTAB04001)
Objective:
The objective of this course is to teach students methods for modeling of systems
using discrete event simulation.
Emphasis of the course will be on modeling and on the use of simulation software.
The students are expected to understand the importance of simulation in IT sector,
manufacturing, telecommunication, and service industries etc.
Outcomes:
Students should be able to explain introduction about computer simulation and
modelling
Students should be able to use manual simulation and simulation software
Students should be able to understand Discrete Event Formalisms
Students should be able to use different software
Students should be able explain Statistical and Queuing Models in Simulation
Students will be able to formulate simulation model for a given problem,
implement the model in software and perform simulation analysis of the
system.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

1. Basic Simulation Modeling: The Nature of Simulation, Systems,


Models, and Simulation, Discrete-Event Simulation, Simulation
of a Single-Server Queueing System, Simulation of an Inventory
System, Parallel/Distributed Simulation and the High Level

MPSTME-IT-75

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Architecture, Steps in a Sound Simulation Study, Other Types of
Simulation,

Advantages,

Disadvantages,

and

Pitfalls

of

Simulation
2.

Modeling Complex Systems: Introduction, List Processing in


Simulation, A Simple Simulation Language: simlib, Single-Server
Queueing Simulation with simlib, Time-Shared Computer Model,

Multiteller Bank With Jockeying, Job-Shop Model, Efficient


Event-List Manipulation.
3.

Review of Basic Probability and Statistics: Introduction,


Random Variables and Their Properties, Simulation Output Data
and Stochastic Processes, Estimation of Means, Variances, and
Correlations, Confidence Intervals and Hypothesis Tests for the

Mean, The Strong Law of Large Numbers, The Danger of


Replacing a Probability Distribution by its Mean
4.

Building

Valid,

Credible,

and

Appropriately

Detailed

Simulation Models: Introduction and Definitions, Guidelines for


Determining the Level of Model Detail, Verification of Simulation
Computer Programs, Techniques for Increasing Model Validity

and Credibility, Managements Role in the Simulation Process,


Statistical Procedures for Comparing Real-World Observations
and Simulation Output Data
5.

Output Data Analysis for a Single System: Introduction,


Transient and Steady-State Behavior of a Stochastic Process,
Types of Simulations with Regard to Output Analysis, Statistical
Analysis for Terminating Simulations, Statistical Analysis for
Steady-State Parameters, Statistical Analysis for Steady-State

MPSTME-IT-76

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Cycle Parameters, Multiple Measures of Performance, Time Plots
of Important Variables
Total

30

Text Book:
1. Law, A. M. Simulation Modeling and Analysis, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill,
2007.
Reference Books:
1. Banks, J., Carson, J. S., Nelson, B. L., and Nicol, D. M., Discrete Event
System Simulation, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.Geoffrey Gordon,
System Simulation, 2nd edition, PHI, 2011.
2. Narsing Deo, System Simulation with Digital Computer, PHI, 2004
3. Trivedi, K. S., Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing, and
Computer Science Applications, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2001.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-77

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information) Technology

Course :

Software Architecture

Semester : VI
Code : BTIT06002

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Pre-requisite:
Software
Computing(BTIT05006).

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Engineering

(BTIT05002),

Distributed

Objectives:
Introduction to the fundamentals of software architecture.
Software architecture and quality requirements of a software system
Fundamental principles and guidelines for software architecture design,
architectural styles, patterns, and frameworks.
Methods, techniques, and tools for describing software architecture and
documenting design rationale.
Software architecture design and evaluation processes.
Model Driven approaches and tools for designing and evaluating architectures.
Future challenges and emerging trends in software architecture discipline.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Understand the importance and role of software architecture in large scale
software systems
Design and motivate software architecture for large scale software systems
Recognise major software architectural styles, design patterns, and frameworks
Describe a software architecture using various documentation approaches and
architectural description languages
Generate architectural alternatives for a problem and select among them
Use well-understood paradigms for designing new systems
Discuss and evaluate the current trends and technologies such as model-driven,

MPSTME-IT-78

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
service-oriented, and aspect-oriented architectures
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. Basic Concepts

Duration
2

Concepts of Software Architecture .Models, Processes


,Stakeholders
2.

Designing Architectures

The Design Process, Architectural Conception, Refined


Experience in Action: Styles and Architectural Patterns,
Architectural Conception in Absence of Experience.
3.

Connectors

Connectors in Action: A Motivating Example, Connector


Foundations. Connector Roles, Connector Types and Their
Variation Dimensions.
Example Connectors.
4.

Modeling

Modeling Concepts, Ambiguity, Accuracy, and Precision,


Complex Modeling: Mixed Content and Multiple Views,
Evaluating Modeling Techniques, Specific Modeling Techniques
5.

Analysis
Analysis Goals, Scope of Analysis, Architectural Concern being
Analyzed, Level of Formality of Architectural Models, Type of
Analysis, Analysis Techniques

MPSTME-IT-79

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
6.

Implementation and Deployment

Concepts, Existing Frameworks, Software Architecture and


Deployment
Software Architecture and Mobility.
7.

Conventional Architectural styles

Pipes and Filters, Event- based, Implicit Invocation, Layered


systems
Repositories, Interpreters , Process control
8.

Applied Architectures and Styles

Distributed and Networked Architectures, Architectures for


Network-Based Applications, Decentralized Architectures,
Service-Oriented Architectures and Web Services
9.

Designing for Non-Functional Properties

Efficiency, Complexity, Scalability and Heterogeneity,


Adaptability
Dependability
10.

Domain-Specific Software Engineering

Domain-Specific Software Engineering in a Nutshell, DomainSpecific Software Architecture, DSSAs, Product Lines, and
Architectural Styles.
Total

45

MPSTME-IT-80

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Text Books:
1. Richard N. Taylor, Nenad Medvidovic, Eric Dashofy, Software Architecture:
Foundations, Theory, and Practice Wiley India, 2010
2. M. Shaw, Software Architecture Perspectives on an Emerging Discipline, 1st
Edition, Prentice-Hall, 2009
Reference Books:
1. Frank Buchnan, et.al., Pattern Oriented Software Architecture : A System of
Patterns (Vol.1), 1st Edition, Wiley India, 2008
2. Stephen T. Albin, The Art of Software Architecture: Design Methods and
Techniques, 1st Edition, Wiley, 2003
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-81

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VI

Course :

Object Oriented Modeling and Design


Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Code : BTIT06003

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Software Engineering(BTIT05002),


(BTAB02006) , Programming Workshop (BTIT03007)

Computer

Programming-II

Objectives:
The main objective of the course is to gain enough competence in objectoriented analysis and design (OOAD) to tackle a complete OO project.
It also gives the thought to acquire a common language for talking about
requirements, designs, and component interfaces.
Addresses the main principles of good OO design, what major tasks are
appropriate to developing OO models and software, the issues and options in
reuse and component based development.

Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
To gain enough competence in object oriented analysis and design (OOAD) to
tackle a complete OO project.
It gives the thought to acquire a common language for talking about
requirements designs and component interfaces.
Addresses the main principles of good OO design and what major tasks are

MPSTME-IT-82

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
appropriate to developing OO models and software, the issues and options in
reuse and component based development.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. Introduction: Object oriented approach, Object oriented themes,

Duration
4

and Object oriented methodologies, Overview of OOL, Object


classes; Meta Types, Object Oriented Methodologies, the Uniform
Approach Modeling; Need of Modeling, Static and Dynamic
Models, Functional Models.
2.

Object Modeling: Modeling concepts, Modeling techniques,

Objects and classes, Links and association, multiplicity,


Advanced link and association concepts, Generalization and
inheritance, Grouping constructs, Aggregation, Abstract classes,
Generalization as an extension and restriction, Multiple
inheritance, Metadata, Candidate key, Constraints,
Homomorphism, problems on object modeling and Advanced
Object Modeling, Advantages of Object Modeling.
3.

Analysis: Problem Analysis, Problem Domain Classes, Identity


classes, Object of Real World Problems using use case analysis
and Recording Analysis.

4.

Dynamic Modeling: Events, Modeling scenarios, Mapping

Events to Object, Interface, Discovering attributes scenarios and


event trace diagrams, Modeling simple collaboration, Modeling
Logical Database schema, Activity Diagram, Modeling workflow,
Advanced Dynamic Modeling concepts, Relation of object and
dynamic models.

MPSTME-IT-83

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
5.

Class and State Diagram: Test scenarios, Interfaces, classes,

Methods, Stress Testing, System Testing, Scalability Testing, and


Regression Testing.

Behavioural Modelling, State Chart

diagrams, operations, Nested state diagrams, concurrency.


6.

Functional Modeling: Functional models, Data Flow Diagrams,

Specifying Operations, Relation of functional to object and


dynamic models, Problems on functional modeling.
7.

Design: Architectural Design, Refining the Model, Refactoring,

Coupling and cohesion. Who should own the attribute and the
operations? Process and Threads, Classes visibility, user
interface, Subsystem interfaces.
8.

Deployment Diagram: Modeling source codes, Physical

Database, Modeling in AC/S system, Distributed system and


Embedded systems
9.

Case Study: Designing a static and dynamic model using

diagrams for Banking System, Student Information System,


Examination System, Air Ticket Reservation System, Inventory
System etc.
Total

45

Text Books:
1. James Rumbaugh, Object Oriented Modeling and Design with UML, 2nd
Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.
2. Grady Booch, Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications, 3rd
Edition, Pearson Education, 2009.

MPSTME-IT-84

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Reference Books:
1. Brock Wirfs Rebecca, Wilkerson Brain,

Designing Object Oriented

Software, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2007.


Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-85

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VI

Course :

Research Methodology

Code :

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

BTIT06004

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: NIL
Objectives:
To make students read and understand the different approaches that lead to
research
To enable students to review existing literature using digital libraries and
white papers from Internet
To identify the various metrics for comparing different approaches/
technologies
To propose possible directions for development based on above analysis
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Produce a review report related to the research conducted
Identify and use print and electronic library resources effectively and
appropriately
Adhere to ethical guidelines for writing reports and collecting information
Create a research proposal based on the review findings

MPSTME-IT-86

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Contents:
Concepts: Problem statement, classification of research, etc.
Process: Literature search and review, referencing and plagiarism, work plan,
authorship skills, etc.
Writing a review report
Drafting a research proposal

Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-87

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Course :

Advance Computer Networks

Semester : VI
Code : BTIT06005

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Networks, Applied Mathematics - IV(BTAB04001)


Objectives:
The objective of this course is to familiarize students with the working of
internetwork.
This course looks at various protocols used in the Internet and how they interact
to provide user services. It also introduces students to the advance topics in
computer networking.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Explain the need for internetworking and various associated terminologies.
Design IP addressing for given requirements.
Understand how routing takes place in Internet and various routing protocols
used Internet.
Configure router for various routing protocols.
Understand various multimedia protocols.
Understand basic architecture of VPN, MPLS and Overlay Networks.
Understand Traffic engineering
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

MPSTME-IT-88

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Introduction

and

Overview:

The

motivation

For

Internetworking, OSI model, The TCP/IP protocol suite, IP

06

addressing (Classful and classless)


2.

Internet Protocol: Virtual Circuit and Datagram networks, IPv4


header format, IPv6, IPv6 addresses, special addresses, header

04

format, extension headers, IPv6 transition.


3.

Internet Message Control Protocol (ICMP) : Introduction,


ICMPv4 messages, ICMPv6 messages, group membership

4.

04

UDP and TCP: Process to Process communication, UDP header


format and operation, TCP services and operations, flow control,
silly window syndrome, error control, TCP timers, congestion

04

control, segment, options, checksum, state transition diagram.


5.

ARP and DHCP: ARP packet format, encapsulation and


operation, proxy ARP, DHCP packet format, DHCP messages

02

and state transition diagram.


6.

Delivery and routing of IP packets: Direct and indirect delivery,


routing methods (next hop routing, network specific routing,
host specific routing, default routing) static routing and dynamic

02

routing, routing table, routing in classful and classless address


environment.
7.

Unicast Routing Protocols: RIPv1 and v2 message format, timers,


problems in RIP and remedies, OSPF basic concept, OSPF
operation, OSPF packets and packet formats, path vector routing,

06

BGP packets and packet formats.


8.

Multimedia Networking: introduction, RTP, RTCP, SIP, H.323,


scheduling (description of FIFO, Priority Queuing, Round Robin
and Weighted fair Queuing. Mathematical modelling not
expected.) and policing mechanism (leaky bucket), integrated

06

MPSTME-IT-89

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
services and differentiated services.
9.

VPN, MPLS and overlay networks: VPN technology, NAT


address translation, translation table, NAT and ISP, MPLS
operation, routing in MPLS domains, introduction to overlay

06

networks, peer to peer connection.


10.

Traffic engineering basics: introduction, traffic sizing and


characteristics, time and delay consideration, throughput
calculation
Total

05

45

Text Books:
1. Forouzan B., TCP/IP Protocol Suite, 4th Ed., TMH, 2010
Reference Books:
1. Deven Shah et. al., Advance Computer Network, Wiley India, 2011
2. Comer D. ,Internetworking with TCP/IP Volume I 5th Ed., PHI,
2010
3. Feit S., TCP/IP: Architecture, Protocols and Implementation with IPv6
and IP Security,2nd Ed., TMH, 2008
4. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking: A Top Down
Approach,5th Ed., Pearson Education, 2012
5. W. Richard Stevens, Kevin Fall, TCP/IP Illustrated Volume-I: The
Protocols, 2nd Ed., Pearson Education, 2012
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-90

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Course :

Parallel Computing

Semester : VI
Code : BTIT06006

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Pre-requisite:

Tutorial

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Computer Programming-I (BTAB01006), Data Structure and


Algorithms (BTIT03003), Operating Systems (BTIT04005), Computer
Networks

Objectives:
To enable the students to understand the need for Parallel Programming and help
them design parallel programs.
To help them study the different parallel architectures.
To enable the students learn parallel algorithm design, and how to apply the
design methodology to develop parallel programs with MPI
Outcomes:
The students will learn parallel Algorithm Design.
They will be able to develop parallel programs in MPI.
They will also learn the different techniques for doing performance analysis of the
programs developed.
They will learn the various problems like Sieve of Eratosthenes, Floyd's
Algorithm and Matrix-Vector Multiplication and their parallel solutions.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1.

Introduction: Evolution of Supercomputing, Modern Parallel


Computers, Seeking concurrency, Data Clustering, Programming
Parallel Computers

Duration
4

MPSTME-IT-91

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2.

Parallel Architectures: Introduction, Interconnection Networks,

Processor Arrays, Multiprocessors, Multicomputers, Flynns


Taxanomy
3.

Parallel Algorithm Design: The Task/Channel Model, Fosters

Design Methodology, Examples of Parallel Algorithm Design


4.

Message Passing Programming: The Message Passing Model,

Interface, Initialization functions, Collective Communication,


Benchmarking Parallel Performance
5.

Sieve of Eratosthenes: Introduction, Sequential Algorithm,

Sources of Parallelism, Data Decomposition Options, Developing


Parallel Algorithm, Analysis and Documentation, Improvements
6.

Floyds Algorithm: The All-Pairs Shortest Path Problem, Creating

Arrays at Run-Time, Designing Parallel Algorithm, Point-to-Point


Communication, Documenting the Parallel Program, Analysis and
Benchmarking
7.

Performance Analysis: Speedup and Efficiency, Amdahls Law,

Gustafson-Barsis Law, The Karp-Flatt Metric, The Isoefficiency


Matrix
8.

Matrix-Vector
Decomposition

Multiplication:
Options,

Sequential

Row-wise

Algorithm,
Blocked

Data

Striped

Decomposition, Column-wise Block Striped Decomposition,


Checkerboard, Block Decomposition
9.

Document Classification: Parallel Algorithm Design, Nonblocking communication

MPSTME-IT-92

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
10.

Case study: OpenMP, Combining MPI and OpenMP

Total

45

Text Book:
1. Micheal J. Quinn, Parallel Programming in C with MPI and OpenMP, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2005
Reference Books:
1. Barry Wilkinson, Micheal Allen, Parallel Programming, Pearson Education,
2nd Edition, 2006
2. Micheal J. Quinn, Parallel Computing Theory and Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill,
2006
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-93

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VI

Course :

Mobile Application Development

Code :

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

1
Pre-requisite:

Tutorial

Computer
(BTIT04007).

BTIT06007

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

2
Programming-II

(BTAB02006),

Web

Programming

Objectives:
To understand Mobile application development as a process by which application
software would be developed for low-power handheld devices, such as mobile
devices.
The course would focus more on lab work to teach mobile application
development through Blackberry 10 Native SDK and Cascades UI Framework
and Developing Applications Using the BlackBerry 10 WebWorks Software
Development Kit as the execution environment for building applications.
Outcomes: Students would be able to :
Apply knowledge of object oriented programming through C++, Javascript and
extend the knowledge to work on QML & Qt (advancement to C++ for building
GUI) for creating mobile applications.
Able to research, design and conduct experiments on various building blocks of
Blackberry 10 Platform, as well as to analyze and interpret the platform.
An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a process, component, or program
on the Mobile Platform to meet desired needs.
An ability to identify, formulate and provide effective IT Mobile solution for
engineering problems.
An understanding of professional, security and International issues and
responsibilities with respect to creating standardised mobile application.
The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions
in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context.
Recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in continuing professional

MPSTME-IT-94

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
development and self learning to use this knowledge to build applications on
various mobile platforms using Cascades.
Apply ethical and sound programming principles & Blackberry interfaces
aesthetic guidelines in development of Mobile applications so that the
applications are standardised.
An ability to use the programming skills (C++, JavaScript, QML, Qt), and modern
engineering tools (Blackberry 10 Native SDK, Cascades UI Framework) necessary
for developing effective Content Rich Mobile Applications.
An ability to identify and analyze user needs and take them into account in the
selection, creation/integration, evaluation and administration of IT Mobile
solutions.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1

Description
Review of C++ and Memory Management, JavaScript &
HTML5 :

Duration
2

Primitives and Composite Datatypes; Pointers, Functions and


Heap; Arrays; Classes and Objects; Namespaces.
2

Introduction to BlackBerry 10 Development :

Introduction to the QNX Momentics IDE; Blackberry 10 Platform;


Creating a project; Setting up a device; Using the Simulator;
Running Code; Debugging an application; Reviewing Online
Resources.
Introduction to Qt and Cascades :
3

UI Components; Layouts; Signals and Slots; QML and C++; QML


Properties; Qt Objects.
Application Building Blocks :

Components; Actions, Sheets and Panes; List Views and Data


Models; Orientation; Local Storage; Networking; Location
Services; Navigator and Covers; Touch and Gestures; Dialogs;
Audio & Video; Payment Services; Sensors; Camera; Invocation;

MPSTME-IT-95

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
BBM Integration; Internationalization.
Total

15

Text Books:
1. Lab Manual & Writeup provided for Blackberry 10 Native SDK and
Cascades UI Framework and Developing Applications Using the
BlackBerry 10 WebWorks Software Development Kit.
2. http://developer.blackberry.com for latest updates, tutorials, API help,
software downloads & examples.
Reference Books:
1. Stanley B. Lippman, Josee Lajoie, Barbara E. Moo, C++ Primer, 5 th
Edition, Addison Wesley, 2013.
2. Jasmin Blanchette, Mark Summerfield, C++ GUI Programming with
Qt4, Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 2008.
3. Johan Thelin, Foundations of Qt Development, Apress, 2007.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-96

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VII

Course :

Electronic Commerce

Code :

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

BTIT07001

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Networks, Information Security (BTIT07003), Web


Programming (BTIT04007).
Objectives:
The objectives of the course are to introduce the critical concepts of electronic
commerce from both managerial and technological perspectives. It is expected that
this course provide you understanding of how electronic commerce is affecting
business enterprises, governments, consumers and people in general and help you
build up your knowledge and skills on leading an organization to the road to
success in the digital future.
The students will learn the difference between various ecommerce classifications
like C2C, B2B, B2C, E-business vs E-commerce, value chains of various
businesses, trade cycles, SWOT analysis. They would know the legal issues &
security issues with respect to online business.
Understanding of separation of businesses with respect to various ecommerce
types like Electronic market, internet commerce & EDI.
They would practically understand the working of catalog, payment, security
aspects of online ecommerce sites.
Outcomes:
1. An ability to apply knowledge of internet technology with understanding of
XHTML, CSS & javascript, server-side technology for building web sites for
companies to make their business available through e-commerce (Internet
Commerce, EDI, EM).
2. An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret
data of various scenarios based on understanding of ecommerce Sell-side & BuySide B2B, E-tailing B2C, Internet Commerce C2C, SWOT Analysis, Catalog

MPSTME-IT-97

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
design & building, Shopping Cart, Supply Chain, Paypal payment system, Elearning & E-Governance.
3. An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system, process,
component, or program to meet desired needs.
4. An ability to function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal.
Projects on various types of businesses (Online shopping Web site).
5. An ability to identify, formulate and provide effective web based e-commerce
solutions for traditional commerce problems in the trade cycle of all types of
businesses.
6. The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering
solutions to global economy with respect to online shopping, conversion of
brick-and-mortar to online retailer, enhanced distribution channel for existing
products & services, customized productions, just-in-time manufacturing,
reduction in the value chain, transactions through e-cash, force companies to
adapt quickly to the new technology and offer them an opportunity to
experiment with new products, services, and processes.
7. Recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in continuing professional
development by extending the knowledge of various components (legal issues,
pament, security) & types of e-commerce to applying it on new trends like MCommerce, L-Commerce etc.
8. An ability to use the modern engineering tools for incorporating catalog
management, payment & security module necessary for developing effective
web applications and knowledge of client-side & server-side technology to build
e-commerce sites.
Detailed Syllabus:
U
n
Description
i
t

Introduction & Concepts : Advent of ICT (Information and


Communication Technology); Evolution of E-Commerce;
Applications of E-Commerce; Benefits & Limitations; E-Commerce
Classification; Categories of E-Commerce: Electronic Markets, EDI,
Internet Commerce; Ecommerce & Trade Cycle, Future of ECommerce.

Duratio
n

MPSTME-IT-98

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Communication & Value Chain : PCSs and Networking; E-Mail;
Internet; Intranet; Porters value chain; model; Industry Value
chain; SWOT Analysis; EDI to Ecommerce; EDI UN/EDIFACT;
Working of EDI.

Legal & Ethical Issues: Legal Issues : Borders & Jurisdiction,


Contracting & Contract Enforcement, Protection of Intellectual
Property in Online Business; Ethical Issues : Online Crimes,
Terrorism & Warfare; Social Issues.

Security: Online Security Issues, Client : Cookies, Digital


Certificates; Communication Channel Security : Secrecy Threats,
Integrity Threats, Necessity Threats, Wireless Networks;
Encryption Solutions : Hash Functions, Digital Signatures,
Symmetric & Asymmetric algorithms; Security for Server
computers : Web server, Database; Organizations that promote
Computer Security; SSL-Secure Socket Layer; SET-Secure Electronic
Transaction

Payment System: Cybercash/Digicash; Payment cards: credit card,


debit card, charge card, single-use card; Electronic Cash &
Working; Electronic Wallets; Stored-Value Cards.
E-Commerce Software: Basic functions: Catalog Display, Shopping
Cart, Transaction Processing; Advanced functions: Middleware,
Enterprise Application Integration & Databases, Web Services;
Integration with ERP Systems; Software for Small, Mid-size &
Large Businesses.
M-Commerce: Growth; Overview; Benefits & Drivers;
Applications; Mobile Computing Infrastructure; Inhibitors and
Barriers of M-Commerce; Services; Stakeholders; M-Commerce
Value Chain; Pervasive Computing; L-Commerce.
Total

30

Text Books:
1. Gary P. Schneider, E-Commerce : Strategy,
Implementation, 1st Edition, Cengage Learning, 2007.
Reference Books:

Technology

and

MPSTME-IT-99

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. David Whiteley, E-Commerce Strategy: Technologies and Applications,

McGraw Hill International, 2000.


2. Dave Chaffey, E-Business and E-Commerce Management, Pearson, Third
Edition, 2009.
3. E. Turban, Dave King, Jay Kyu Lee, Dennis Viehland."Electronic Commerce,
A Managerial Perspective 2006", 6th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006.
4. Brahm Canzer, e-Business Theory and Practice, 1st Edition, Cengage
Learning, 2011.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-100

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information) Technology

Course :

Software Project Management

Semester : VIII
Code : BTIT07002

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

3.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Software Engineering(BTIT05002)


Objectives
This course provides understanding of software project management principles. This
course provides in-depth understanding of initiating, controlling and termination of
projects along with case studies.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Understand the details of project planning
Allocate the resources and identify the risk
Evaluate and access the cost associated to a project
The benefit of working with a team
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Introduction to Software Project Management: Problems with


1. Software Projects, Setting objectives, Stakeholders, requirement
specification, management control, overview of Project Planning
2. Project Planning: Integrated Project Planning, Work break down
structure, Top-Down and Bottom-up Planning Approach for
developing WBS, Scheduling, Time Estimating and Compressing
the schedule
3. Cost Estimating and Budgeting: Resource Planning, Cost
Estimating, Project Cost System, Budgeting Cost, Typical
Problems, Impact of Limited Resources

Duration
2

MPSTME-IT-101

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
4. Risk Management: The nature of risk, types of risk, managing
risk, hazard analysis, risk planning and control, evaluating risks
to the schedule.
5. Resource Allocation: Nature of resources, resource requirements,
scheduling resources, creating critical paths, counting the cost,
cost schedules, the scheduling sequence
6. Monitoring and Control: Creating the framework, cost
monitoring, prioritizing monitoring, change control.
7. 7Managing People and Organizing Team: Organizational Design
.for Delivering Projects, Building the Project Team, Organizing the
Support Team
Total

4
4
5

30

Text Books:
1. Milton D. Rosenau, Jr. & Gregory D. Githers, Successful Project
Management,4th Ed., Wiley India Edition, 2006
2. Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell, Software Project Management, Tata
McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2004
Reference Books:
1. Kathy Schwalbe, Project Management in IT, Cengage Learning, 2009
2. Clements, Gido, Effective Project Management, Cengage Learning, 2011
3. Jack R. Meredith, Samuel J Mantel Jr., Project Management, 5th Edition,

Wiley India, 2006


Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-102

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Course :

Information Security

Semester : VII
Code : BTIT07003

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Operating Systems (BTIT04005), Computer Networks, Advance


Computer Networks (BTIT06005)
Objective: This course is an introduction to the field of Information Security. This
course presents a balance of the managerial and the technical aspects of the discipline
and addresses knowledge areas as specified in the CISSP (Certified Information
Systems Security Professional) certification. Students will learn about the threats to
information and ways to overcome it.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Explain basic security triad and threats to information security.
Understand NSTISSC security model and various security policies.
Explain various cryptographic techniques and their application to security.
Understand various program threats and their counter measures.
Understand basic authentication model and various approaches to
authentication
Understand the need, working mechanism and various configurations for
firewall and IDS.
Understand the need for physical and environmental security.
Explain risk management and BCP.
Describe general process of computer forensics, various sections of Indian IT
Act and modus operandi for various cyber crimes
Detailed Syllabus:

MPSTME-IT-103

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Unit

Description

Duration

1. Introduction: Basic Components of Computer security(CIA),


Characteristics of Information, vulnerabilities, threats , Attacks
and controls ,goals of security, NSTISSC security model, Security
System development life cycle, Computer criminals, Internet
Standards and RFC.

2.

Design Principles: Various Security attacks, method of defence,


Design Principles, Security policies, types of security policies

3.

Cryptography: Cryptography basics, transposition ciphers,


substitution ciphers, DES, Public key cryptography, streams and
block ciphers, Key Management, Digital Signature. PEM and
IPSec.
Program Security: Secure programs, Non malicious Program
Errors, Viruses and other malicious code, types of viruses, attack
mechanism of viruses, Targeted Malicious Code, Controls
Against Program Threats.

5.

Authentication: Authentication basics, Password, Challenge


response, SSO, Biometrics

6.

Access Control:, Access control principles, ACL, DAC, MAC, and


Role based Access Control, Access control models, Kerberos

7.

Firewall, Kinds of Firewalls, Filtering Services, DMZ,


Implementing policies (Default allow, Default Deny) on proxy,
IDS, types of IDS, Virtual Private Network

8.

Physical and Environmental Security: Introduction, Physical


security Threats and measures

9.

Risk Management and Business Continuity planning:

4.

Risk analysis, various terminologies associated with risk


management, Risk assessment techniques, managing risk, steps
for risk management, Business impact analysis, various
terminologies associated with BIA, Different types of continuity
planning, testing and revising the plan

MPSTME-IT-104

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
10.

Laws, investigations and Ethics:

Introduction, types of computer crimes, modus operandi,


computer forensics, ethical issues in computer security.
11.

Contemporary issues related to Information Security


Total

5
45

Text Books:
1. M. Whitman, H. Mattford, Principles of Information Security,4th Ed.
Cengage Learning,2012
2. M. Bishop, S.S. Venkatramanayya, Introduction to Computer Security,
Pearson Education, 2009
3. C. Pfleeger, S. Pfleeger, Security in Computing, 4th Ed. Pearson Education,
2009
Reference Books:
1. Kahate , Cryptography & Network Security, 2nd Ed., TMH, 2010
2. B. A. Forouzan, Debdeep Mukhopadhya,Cryptography & Network
Security, 2nd Ed., TMH , 2010
3. M. Merkow, J. Breithaupt, Information Security Principles and Practices,
Pearson Education, 2007
4. W. Stalling , Cryptography & Network Security Practice and Principles, 5 th
Ed., Pearson Education , 2011
5. Brijendra Singh, Network Security and Management, 3rd Ed. PHI, 2012
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-105

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VII

Course :

Project - I

Code :

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Pre-requisite:

Tutoria
l

BTIT07004

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

100

Research Methodology (BTIT06004), Software Engineering


(BTIT05002), Object Oriented Modeling and Design (BTIT06003).

Objectives:
The Objective of the Project is to make the student undergo the first part of a
software project lifecycle of Literature Survey and Feasibility Study.
To provide students with the opportunity to synthesize the knowledge and
skills acquired from their courses.
To encourage a multidisciplinary approach through the integration of material
learned in a number of courses.
To allow students to develop problem solving, analysis, synthesis, evaluation
and design skills.
To encourage teamwork.
To improve students communication skills.
Outcomes :
Students will be able to :
Work effectively in a team.
Understand Problem Definition, Scope and evaluate Feasibility.
Apply the Design Principles to architect a solution for the problem identified.
Analyze different solutions and select optimum solution.
Select the appropriate technology for implementation.
Perform independent learning of new technologies and concepts in order to
complete the project.
Address a contemporary issue that is either centrally related to computing or

MPSTME-IT-106

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
represents an innovative application of computing.
Develop their oral & written communication skills by way of providing
presentations and report throughout the course.
Research, select, and learn the necessary tools and techniques that are needed
to complete the project.

Contents :
Project - Phase1 Activities to be done:
1. The Project group to be formed consisting of 2 to 3 students.
2. The Project area and topic is to be selected in consultation with Project Mentor.
3. The Names of the students and the topic of the Project to be submitted in the
first week of the Semester VII.
4. The first phase of the project will involve Literature Survey and feasibility
study.
5. Students are required to submit a 1-page weekly report on the work done to
the mentor. There would continuous evaluation based on the weekly report
submitted.
6. Report primarily containing Literature Survey and feasibility study is to be
submitted at the end of the Semester VII. (Spiral Bound Report).
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-107

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information) Technology

Course :

Management Information System

Semester : VII
Code : BTIT07005

Elective I
Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Software Engineering(BTIT05002)


Objectives:
To learn and understand fundamentals of Information Systems. To learn and
understand architecture, methodology and applications of MIS
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able
To understand the role Information System in business environment.
To understand various management information systems in use.
To identify various security concerns & user issues related to MIS.
To understand how MIS helps in decision making.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Foundations of Information systems and Management: Why


Information systems? Components and resources of information
systems, Information system activities, Types of information
1. systems: Operations support systems and Management support
systems. Definition, role and impact of MIS, Introduction to
Management. MIS as a support to the management and a tool for
management Process
2. Information System Infrastructure and strategy: Evolution of
Business Processes, Organizational Structure and IT architecture.

Duration
5

MPSTME-IT-108

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Development of business strategies, types of strategies, MIS for
Business Planning.
Infrastructure management: Selection, maintenance of hardware,
communication equipments and software as per MIS needs of the
organization. Ensure uptime of hardware resources,
database management, end user training etc.
3. Data Resource Management: Foundation data concepts, Types of
database :operational , distributed , external , hypermedia, The
Database Management approach : Database Management
Software ,database Interrogation, Database Maintenance ,
Application Development, Telecommunications and Networks:
Trends in telecommunications, Business value of
telecommunication networks ,Business value of the internet
4. Electronic Business Systems : Enterprise Business Systems,
Introduction, Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems, Cross
Functional Enterprise Applications ,Enterprise Application
Integration,Transaction Processing Systems. Functional Business
Systems.
5. Customer relationship Management: Introduction, What is
CRM? Three phases of CRM, Benefits, challenges and trends in
CRM
Supply Chain Management: What is SCM? Role of SCM, Benefits,
challenges and trends in SCM.
Electronic Commerce Systems: Electronic Commerce Systems:
Introduction, scope, B2C, B2B and C2C, Essential e-Commerce
processes, Electronic Payment Processes, e-Commerce
Applications
6. Decision support systems: Decision Support System in Business:
Introduction : Information, Decisions, and management
,Information Quality. DSS components. Management Information
Systems: Management Reporting Alternatives, Online Analytical
Processing : Graphical Information and data , Visualization systems.
Using Decision Support systems: What-if analysis, sensitivity
analysis, Goal-seeking analysis, Optimization analysis
7. Security and Ethical Challenges: Introduction, Ethical
responsibility of Business Professionals : Business Ethics,
Technology Ethics ,Ethical Guidelines. Computer crime :
Hacking, Cyber Theft, Software Piracy, Privacy issues, Health
issues, Security Management of Information Technology:
Introduction, Tools of Security Management, Inter networked

MPSTME-IT-109

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Security Defenses: Encryption, firewalls, e-Mail monitoring Other
Security Measures :Biometric security, disaster recovery, faulttolerant systems System controls and audits : Information Security
Controls , Auditing IT security.
8. Enterprise and Global Management of Information
Technology: Managing Information Technology : Business and
IT ,Managing Information Technology, Business IT Planning,
Managing IS Function , Failures in IT Management Managing Global
IT : The International Dimension , Global IT Management
Strategies, Applications Platforms, Data Access Issues,
Development
Total

45

Text Book:
1. James A OBrien ,George M Marakas Management Information Systems, 7th
Edition, Tata Mc-Graw-Hill, 2006
Reference Books:
1. Effy Oz, Management Information System, Cengage Learning, 2006
2. Kenneth C.Laudon , Jane P. Laudon Management Information Systems, Pearson

Education, 2006
3. Mahadeo Jaiswal ,Monika Mittal Management Information Systems ,Oxford

University Press, 2009


Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-110

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Course :

Multimedia Systems

Semester : VII
Code : BTIT07006

Elective I
Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Operating system (BTIT04005), Distributed Computing (BTIT05006)

Objective: This course deals with integration of multiple media on computers. Learn
the issues involved in capturing , compressing, processing, manipulating, searching,
indexing, storing, and retrieving various kinds of continuous media in text section
Outcomes: Students will be able to :
Understand the need for audio and video data compression
Learn different file format standards
Understand various multimedia technologies
Learn authorization, hypermedia, linking, storage and retrieval of media
applications
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

Introduction: Multimedia Applications, Multimedia systems


architecture, Evolving Technologies for Multimedia systems,
1

Defining objects for multimedia systems, Multimedia data


Interface standards

MPSTME-IT-111

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Compression and Decompression: Types of Compression,
Binary Image Compression schemes, Color, Gray Scale, And still2

video Image compression, Video image compression, Audio

compression, Fractal compression


3

Data and file format standards: RTF,TIFF,RIFF,MIDI,JPEG DIB,


AVI Indeo, MPEG

Multimedia I/O Technologies: Key technology Issues, Pen input,


Video and Image Display Systems, Print output Technologies,
4

image scanners, Digital voice and audio, Digital Camera, Video

Images and animation, Full Motion video


Storage

and

Retrieval

Technologies:

Magnetic

media

Technology, Optical media, Hierarchical Storage Management,


5

Cache Management for Storage systems


Architectural
Specialized

and

Telecommunications

computational

processors,

Considerations:

Memory

systems,

Multimedia Board solutions, Lan/Wan connectivity, Distributed

object models
Multimedia Application Design: Multimedia application classes,
Types
7

of

Multimedia

systems,

Virtual

Reality

design,

components of Multimedia systems, Organising Multimedia

databases, Application workflow design issues, distributed


application design issues
Multimedia
8

authoring

Authoring
systems,

and

user

Hypermedia

interface:

Multimedia

Application

Design

considerations, user interface design, information access, Object

MPSTME-IT-112

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
display/playback issues
Hypermedia

Messaging:

Mobile

Messaging,

Hypermedia

Message components, Hypermedia linking and embedding,

creating hypermedia messages, integrated multimedia message

standards, integrated document management


Distributed Multimedia systems and design: Components of a
Distributed
10

Multimedia

system,

distributed

client-server

operation, fundamental design issues, determining enterprise

requirements, performance analysis, Business information model


for IFC
Total

45

Text Books:
1. Prabhat K. Andheigh, Kiran Thakrar,Multimedia Systems Design, 1st
Edition, PHI, 2009
Reference Books:
1. Free Halshall, Multimedia communications, Pearson education, 2010
2. J.D.Gibson, Multimedia Communications : Directions and Innovations,

Academic Press, Hardcourt India, 2007


3. K.R.Rao , D.Milovanovic,Multimedia communications systems : Techniques,

standards, and networks, Pearson Education, 2002


4. Ralf Steinmetz, Klara Nahrstedt, Multimedia: Computing, Communications

& Applications, 1st Edition, Pearson Education, 2002


Term Work :
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-113

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Course :

Artificial Intelligence

Semester : VII
Code : BTIT07007

Elective I
Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming I (BTAB01006), Computer Programming I


(BTAB02006), Data Structures and Algorithms (BTIT03003)
Objectives:
The aim of the course is to impart knowledge of the current theories, methods
and techniques in the field of Artificial Intelligence like heuristic search
techniques, knowledge technology, gaming, learning techniques etc.
To analyze, design and develop AI-systems.
To formulate scientific questions and is able to solve problems with the aid of
abstraction and modeling.
Outcomes:

Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

2.

Description

Duration

1. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence: Definition, the AI


problems, physical symbol system, physical symbol system
hypothesis, Intelligent agents: agents and environment, agent
types, desirable properties of knowledge, AI techniques, different
AI techniques.

Problems, problem spaces and search: Need of a system to solve

MPSTME-IT-114

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
a problem, problem as a state space search, requirement of a
formal description of a problem, production system, control
strategy & its requirement, breadth first search & depth first
search.
3.

Heuristic search technique: Heuristic technique, problems of


heuristic technique with real world, different weak methods such
as generate and test, hill climbing, simple hill climbing and
steepest ascent hill climbing, problem with hill climbing such as
local maxima, plateau, ridge, simulated annealing, best first
search, OR graphs, A* algorithm, agenda driven search, AND-OR
Graphs, AO* algorithm.

4.

Knowledge Representation logic and rules: Predicate logic:


facts, representation of fact, mapping between facts and
representation, properties and issues of knowledge
representation system, prepositional logic & predicate logic,
Instance relationship, Isa, gt & lt predicate, resolution, conversion
to clause form: necessity Herbrands theorem, resolution in
proportional logic, unification algorithm, resolution in predicate
logic, different strategies to speed up resolution procedure,
question answering, natural deduction.

Rules: procedural versus declarative knowledge, forward versus


backward reasoning, forward & backward chaining rule system,
combining backward reasoning, matching: indexing, matching
with variable, complex & appropriate matching conflict
resolution, control knowledge.
5.

Weak Slot & filler structure: usefulness of slot & filler structure,
semantic net, intersection search, representing non binary
predicates by semantic net, partitioned semantic net, frames,
frames as sets & instance, different ways of relating classes, slots
as full-fledged objects, slots values as object, inheritance revisited.

6.

Game playing: Domain of a game, different ways to improve


search strategies, plausible move generate, static evaluation
function, different static evaluation functions, minimax search

MPSTME-IT-115

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
procedure, adding alpha-beta cutoff, search efficiency of alphabeta procedure, futility cutoff, additional refinements such as
waiting for quiescence, secondary search, using book move,
iterative deepening, advantage of depth first iterative deepening.
7.

Learning: General concept about learning, different learning


techniques such as rote learning, learning by taking advice,
learning in the problems solving, learning with macro-operators,
learning by chunking, utilities problem, learning from examples,
winstons learning program, version spaces, candidate
elimination algorithm, decision tree, explanation based learning.

8.

Expert system: Definition, model, characteristic, architecture,


development process, limitations, criteria for knowledge
representation, knowledge representation schemes, classification
model, general rules used in classification model, black board
model, explanation facilities, causal model, explanation focus on
status, classification, rationalization, its limitations, knowledge
acquisition, different techniques, expert system tools like
language, shells, narrow ES tools, LISP machine, large hybrid ES
tools, PC based expert system, knowledge acquisition tools.

Total

45

Text Books:
1. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Artificial Intelligence, 2nd Edition, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill, 1999.
2. Stuart Russel and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern
Approach, Pearson Education, 2010
Reference Books:
1. Patric H. Winston, Artificial Intelligence, 2nd Edition, Addison
Wesley, 1981.
2. Nils J. Nilson, Principles of Artificial Intelligence, Narosa Publication,
1997.
3. Robert J. Schalkolf, Artificial Inteilligence: An Engineering Approach,
Mc-Graw Hill, 1990.
4. David W. Rolston, Principles of Artificial Intelligence and Expert
System Development, Mc-Graw Hill, 1988.

MPSTME-IT-116

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
5. Dan W. Patterson, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert
System, PHI, 2001.
6. Giarratano and Riley, Expert System Principles and Programming,
3rd Edition, PWS publishing company, 1998.
Term Work:
As per department and Institute ICA Norms.

MPSTME-IT-117

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Course :

Advanced Image Processing

Semester : VII
Code : BTIT07008

Elective I
Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

4.5

Pre-requisite: Digital Signal and Image Processing (BTIT05005)


Objective: The Course objective is to introduce image transforms and its applications,
image perception, and different operations that would be carried out in image analysis.
The course also focuses on the advanced topics like image restoration, steganography
techniques, image databases etc.
Outcomes: Students should be able to :
Understand the need for image processing for various applications
Explain use of Transforms on image for data compression
Explain image perception using different colour models
Use morphological operations for image analysis
Work on advanced topics like image fusion, vector quantization, CBIR etc.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

Basics of Image Processing : Modeling of Image as Random


1

Variable, Mean Variance, Co-Variance matrix and its properties,


Eigen vector, K-L Hotelling Transform, Auto-Correlation, Power

Density Spectrum and Moments


2

Image

Compression:

Redundancy

in

images,

Inter-pixel

redundancy, coding redundancy, and psycho-visual redundancy.

MPSTME-IT-118

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Various Lossy and lossless techniques to minimize these
redundancies
Image
3

Transforms:

Kronecker

product

of

matrices

and

development of Fast Algorithm. Application of Kronecker


product algorithm to Hadamard, Walsh, and Haar Transforms.

Similar Fast Algorithms for DFT, DCT, DST and Slant Transform
4

Image Perception : Light, Luminance, Brightness and contrast


color images, RGB color scheme, CMYK, YCbCr, LUV, HSI and

other Color spaces and their relationship to RGB


Image Analysis: Spatial feature extraction, Edge detection,
Boundary Representation , moment representation,
5

Morphological operations: Dilation, Erosion, Opening and

closing. Morphological operations on Binary and grayscale


images
Advanced Topics : Image Restoration, Vector Quantization,
Image Mosaicing, Image Fusion, Digital Watermarking,
6

Steganography and Information Hiding, Principle Component

Analysis and its Applications to Finger Print and Face


Recognition, Image Databases-CBIR.
7.

Random

Variate

Generation:

Random

variate,

Different

techniques to generate random variate Inverse transform


technique: algorithm, graphical view, and method for discrete
and continuous distribution, Direct transformation technique,
Convolution method, and Acceptance rejection techniques.

MPSTME-IT-119

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
8

Input Modeling: Development steps of a useful model of input


data, Data Collection, Identifying the distribution with Data,
Parameter estimation, Suggested estimators Goodness of fit tests,

Selection input model without data, Covariance and correlation,


Multivariate and Time series input models.
Verification and validation of Simulation Model: Model
building, Verification of simulation models, Calibration and
validation of models: validation process, face validity, validation

of model, validating input-output transformation, t-test, power of


test, Input output validation using historical data and Turing test.
Output Analysis for a Single Model: Types of simulations with
respect to output analysis, Stochastic nature of output data,
10

Measure of performance and their estimation, Output analysis of


terminating

simulators,

output

analysis

for

steady

state

simulation.
Total

45

Text Book:
1. R.C. Gonsalez, R.E. Woods Digital Image Processing, 3rd Edition, Pearson,
2008
Reference Books:
1. Alasdair McAndrew, Introduction to Digital Image Processing with

Matlab, 1st Edition, Cengage Learning, 2004


2. Anil K. Jain, Fundamentals of Image Processing, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2006
3. William Pratt, Digital Image Processing, John Willey, 2001
4. Dana H. Ballard, Christopher M.Brown, Computer Vision, 2nd Edition,

MPSTME-IT-120

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
PHI, 1982
5. M.A.Sid Ahmed , Image Processing, Mc-GrawHill, 2007

Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-121

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VII

Course :

Information Storage and Management

Code :

BTIT07009

Elective I
Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Operating Systems (BTIT04005), Computer Networks


Objectives:
This course is an introduction to the field of Information Storage and
management.
This course provides detailed knowledge, practical training, and insight into
the implementation and management of various storage technologies with a
focus towards applying these technologies in an information lifecycle
paradigm.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students will be able to
Describe and apply storage technologies
Identify leading storage technologies that provide cost-effective IT solutions
for medium to large scale businesses and data centres
Describe important storage technologies features such as availability,
replication, scalability and performance
Work in project teams to install, administer and upgrade popular storage
solutions
Identify and install current storage virtualization technologies
Manage virtual servers and storage between remote locations
Design, analyze and manage clusters of resources
Analyze and differentiate between IT industry-specific certifications

MPSTME-IT-122

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

1. Introduction to Storage Technology: Data proliferation and the


varying value of data with time & usage, Sources of data and
states of data creation, Data centre requirements and evolution to
accommodate storage needs, Overview of basic storage
management skills and activities, The five pillars of technology,
Overview of storage infrastructure components, Evolution of
storage, Information Lifecycle Management concept, Data
categorization within an enterprise, Storage and Regulations

2.

Storage Systems Architecture: Intelligent disk subsystems


overview, Contrast of integrated vs. modular arrays, Component
architecture of intelligent disk subsystems, Disk physical
structure- components, properties, performance, and
specifications, Logical partitioning of disks, RAID & parity
algorithms, hot sparing, Physical vs. logical disk organization,
protection, and back end management, Array caching properties
and algorithms, Front end connectivity and queuing properties,
Front end to host storage provisioning, mapping, and operation,
Interaction of file systems with storage, Storage system
connectivity protocols

3.

Introduction to Networked Storage : JBOD, DAS, SAN, NAS, &


CAS evolution, Direct Attached Storage (DAS) environments:
elements, connectivity, & management, Storage Area Networks
(SAN): elements & connectivity, Fibre Channel principales,
standards, & network management principales, SAN
management principles, Network Attached Storage (NAS):
elements, connectivity options, connectivity protocols (NFS,
CIFS, ftp), & management principles, IP SAN elements, standards
(iSCSI, FCIP, iFCP), connectivity principles, security, and
management principles, Content Addressable Storage (CAS):
elements, connectivity options, standards, and management

MPSTME-IT-123

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
principles, Hybrid Storage solutions overview
technologies like virtualization & appliances.

including

4.

Introduction to Information Availability: Business Continuity


and Disaster Recovery Basics, Local business continuity
techniques, Remote business continuity techniques, Disaster
Recovery principles & techniques

5.

Managing & Monitoring: Management philosophies (holistic vs.


system & component), Industry management standards (SNMP,
SMI-S, CIM), Standard framework applications, Key
management metrics (thresholds, availability, capacity, security,
performance), Metric analysis methodologies & trend analysis,
Reactive and pro-active management best practices, Provisioning
& configuration change planning, Problem reporting,
prioritization, and handling techniques, Management tools
overview

6.

Security & Virtualization: Storage Security (Importance of


Information security, elements and attributes of security),
Developing a storage security model (Restricting Access Path,
Vulnerability Management, Understanding Vulnerabilities),
Securing Data Storage (Storage Security domains, Risk
assessment Methodology, Security elements, threats against
applications, Controlling user access to data, threats again
backup , recovery and archive)

Virtualization (Define virtualization, types of virtualization),


Storage Virtualization (Storage functionality, Virtual storage,
Comparison of virtualization architectures, challenges of storage
virtualization), Block level virtualization, File level virtualization
Total
Text Books:
1. EMC, Information Storage and Management, Wiley India, 2009.Robert
Spalding, Storage Networks: The Complete Reference, 1st Edition, Tata
Mcgraw Hill, 2003.

45

MPSTME-IT-124

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Reference Books:
1. Marc Farley, Building Storage Networks, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.
2. EMC, Information Storage and Management: Storing, Managing and Protecting
Digital Information in Classic, Virtualized and Cloud Environment, 2nd Edition,
Wiley India, 2012.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-125

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Course :

System Administration

Semester : VIII
Code : BTIT08001

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: Operating Systems (BTIT04005), Computer Networks

Objectives:
To understand how to create and use Unix based file systems.
To understand the importance of ethics in system administration
To understand the importance of automation and be able to create scripts and
use other tools to automate system management procedures.
Outcomes:
The student will learn to add new network host and do network testing and
troubleshooting
The student will learn to create and manage user groups, and do user
authentication
The student will learn to manage DNS servers and configure DHCP server
The student will learn to backup and restore files and file systems
The student will learn to write scripts to automate administrative tasks.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. Introduction to System Administration: Thinking About System


Administration, Becoming super user, Communicating with

Duration
1

MPSTME-IT-126

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
users, Essential Administrative Tools and Techniques
2.

TCIP Networking: Adding a New Network Host, Network


Testing and Troubleshooting

3.

Managing Users and Groups: Managing User Accounts, User


Authentication with PAM, LDAP

4.

Security: Protecting Files and FileSystem, Role Based Access


Control, Network Security

5.

Managing Network Services: Managing DNS Servers, Routing


Daemons, Configuring DHCP Server

6.

Backup and Restore: Planning for Disasters and Everyday


needs, Backing Up Files and FileSystems, Restoring Files from
Backups, Making Table of Contents Files

7.

Automating Administrative Tasks: Creating Effective Shell


Scripts, Automating Complex Configuration Tasks with
Cfengine, Stem: Simplified Creation of Client-Server
Applications, Adding Local Man Pages

8.

Managing System Resources: Monitoring and Controlling


Processes, Managing CPU Resources, Managing Memory, Disk
I/O Performance Issues, Monitoring and Managing Disk Space
Usage, Network Performance

Total

15

Text Book:
1. Frisch AEllen, Essential System Administration: Tools and Techniques for
Linux and Unix Administration, O'Reilly Media, 3rd Edition, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. Thomas A. Limoncelli, The Practice of System and Network Administration,
Pearson Education, 2nd Edition, 2007.

MPSTME-IT-127

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2. Evi Nemeth, Garth Snyder, Trent R. Hein, Ben Whaley, Unix and Linux
System Administration Handbook, 4/e, Pearson Education, 2010.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-128

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Course :

Data Warehousing and Mining

Semester : VIII
Code : BTIT08002

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical Tutorial

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming-I (BTAB01006), Database Management


Systems (BTIT03006), Data Structures and Algorithms (BTIT03003).
Objectives:
To enable the students to understand the need for Warehouse, and how
different it is from an operational system using DBMS.
To help them design data warehouse using dimension modeling.
To enable the students understand the role of data mining in today's
perspective.
To help students understand the different data mining techniques.
Outcomes:
The students will learn the difference between databases designed for
operational systems and data warehouse.
They will be able to design a data warehouse using dimensional modeling
concepts. The outcome will be achieved by enabling the students to design
dimension and fact tables.
The students will also learn Data Mining Techniques. The outcome will be
achieved by enabling students to implement some of the Data Mining
Algorithms.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1.

Introduction: Need for Data warehousing, basic elements of DW


and trends in DW, Project planning and management, collecting
the requirements.

Duration
3

MPSTME-IT-129

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Architecture and Infrastructure & Data Representation:
Architectural components, infrastructure and metadata, Principles
of dimensional modeling, dimensional modeling advance topics,
data extraction, transformation and loading, data quality
Information access and delivery: Matching information to classes
of users, OLAP in data warehousing, data warehousing and the
web, Physical design process, data warehouse deployment,
growth and maintenance.
Introduction to Data Mining: Basics of data mining, related
concepts, data mining techniques, Classification, clustering,
association rules, KDD Process.
Classification: Issues in Classification, Statistical Based, DistanceBased, Decision-Based, Neural Network-Based and Rule Based
Algorithms
Clustering and Association Rules: Hierarchical and Partitional
Algorithms. Clustering Large Databases, Basic Association Rule
Algorithms
Advanced Topics: Introduction to Web Mining, Spatial Mining
and Temporal Mining
Application and trends in data mining: Applications, systems
products and research prototypes, additional themes in data
mining, trends in data mining
Total

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.
8.

4
2

45

Text Books:
1. Margaret Dunham, "Data mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics", 1st
Edition, Pearson Education, 2008
2. Paulraj Ponnian, Data warehousing Fundamentals: A Comprehensive Guide
for IT Professionals, John Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2006
Reference Books:
Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, "Data Mining Concepts and Techniques",
2nd Edition, Morgan Kauffmann, 2006
2. Berson Smith, Data Warehousing, Data Mining, and OLAP, 1st Edition, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill, 2004
1.

Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-130

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VIII

Course :

Service Oriented Architecture

Code :

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

BTIT08003

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming-II (BBE1206), Programming Workshop


(BIT2105), Web Programming (BIT2205).
Objectives:
To provide a thorough introduction to "Service Oriented Architecture" (SOA),
which refers to a design pattern made up of components and interconnections
that stress interoperability and location transparency.
It covers both the design of SOA systems as well as practical hands-on
programming of a distributed Web Service based system and how it is
succeeding, traditional distributed architecture on a global scale.
Making students understand as to why SOA is the next phase in the evolution of
business automation and how past technical disparities of client-server
environment, distributed solutions are blanketed by layers of abstraction of
global accepted standard for representing logic and information.
Service-orientation establishes a universal model in which automation logic and
business logic conform, the model equally to a task, a solution, an enterprise, a
community and resources are cleanly partitioned and consistently represented.
Outcomes: Students would be able to :
1. Apply knowledge of Client-Server and distributed architectures, RPC Protocol.
2. Design and conduct experiments on Web Services by embedding distributed
components, using Java APIs & REST technology.
3. Design, implement, and evaluate SOA infrastructure by implementing through

MPSTME-IT-131

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Web Services (services can represent either new applications or just wrappers
around existing legacy systems to make them network-enabled) making
functional building-blocks accessible over standard Internet protocols
independent of platforms and programming languages to meet given business
scenarios.
4. Identify, formulate and provide effective IT solution for all elements of SOA
infrastructure like include all elements supporting service security, service
metadata, messaging foundations, SOA QoS Layers and runtime governance
metrics.
5. Understand the impact of SOA solutions in businesses to respond quickly &
cost-effectively to changing market conditions by promoting reuse of existing
legacy assets into globally available services on various distributed platforms.
6. Recognize the need for and an ability to engage in continuing professional
development by understanding the procedure of how to move from monolithic
applications to a matrix of loosely coupled Web services that enable the
composition and re-composition of business processes.
7. Able to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools like Java
Platform/ Dot Net/ Apache Axis necessary for developing effective Web
Application solutions.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

SOA Fundamentals :
Defining SOA, Business Value of SOA, Evolution of SOA, SOA
characteristics, concept of a service in SOA, misperceptions about
SOA, Basic SOA architecture, infrastructure services, Enterprise
Service Bus (ESB), SOA Enterprise Software models. Web
Services and Primitive SOA, SOA Platforms.

SOA and WS:

WS framework, Services, Descriptions, Messaging, Coordination,


Orchestration, and Choreography, Advanced Messaging,
Metadata, and Security.
3

SOA and Service Orientation:

MPSTME-IT-132

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Principles of Service Orientation, Service Layer.
4

SOA Planning and Analysis:

10

SOA delivery lifecycle phases, SOA Delivery Strategies, serviceoriented analysis, Determining non-functional requirements (e.g.,
technical constraints, business constraints, runtime qualities, and
non-runtime qualities), benefits of business-centric SOA, Service
modelling, basic modelling blocks.
5

SOA Design and Implementation:

10

Introduction, XML schema, WSDL language basic, SOAP


language basic, Steps to composing SOA, UDDI, WS-Policy, WSAddressing, WS-BPEL language basic, Design overview, process
description, application service design, service design guidelines,
WS-Security.
6

Managing SOA Environment:

Distributing service management and monitoring concepts,


operational
management challenges, Service-level agreement considerations,
SOA
governance.
7

Contemporary Issues related to SOA

Total

45

Text Books:
1. Thomas Erl, Service-Oriented Architecture: Concepts, Technology, and
Design, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Norbert Bieberstein, Sanjay Bose, Marc Fiammante, Keith Jones, Rawn Shah,
Service-Oriented Architecture Compass: Business Value, Planning, and
Enterprise Roadmap, IBM Press Publication, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. Eric Newcomer, Greg Lomow, Understanding SOA with Web Services,
Pearson Education, 2005.
2. B.M. Harwani, Practical Web Services for Beginners, Shroff Publications, 2009.

MPSTME-IT-133

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
3. Sanjiva Weerawarana, Francisco Curbera, Frank Leymann, Tony Storey, Donald
F.Ferguson, Web Services Platform Architecture: SOAP, WSDL, WS-Policy, WSAddressing, WS-BPEL, WS-Reliable Messaging, and More, Prentice Hall
Publication, 2005.
4. Thomas Erl, SOA Principles of Service Design, 1/e, Pearson Education, 2008.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-134

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VIII

Course :

Project - II

Code :

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

12

Tutoria
l

BTIT08004

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

200

Pre-requisite: Project -I (BTIT07004)


Objectives:
The Objective of the Project is to make the student understand the entire software
project lifecycle of literature survey, feasibility study, design, analysis, coding,
testing and deployment.
To provide students with the opportunity to synthesize the knowledge and
skills acquired from their courses.
To encourage a multidisciplinary approach through the integration of material
learned in a number of courses.
To allow students to develop problem solving, analysis, synthesis, evaluation
and design skills.
To encourage teamwork.
To improve students communication skills.
Outcomes :
Students will be able to :
Work effectively in a team.
Understand Problem Definition, Scope and evaluate Feasibility.
Apply the Design Principles to architect a solution for the problem identified.
Analyze different solutions and select optimum solution.
Select the appropriate technology for implementation.
Perform independent learning of new technologies and concepts in order to
complete the project.
Address a contemporary issue that is either centrally related to computing or

MPSTME-IT-135

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
represents an innovative application of computing.
Develop their oral & written communication skills by way of providing
presentations and report throughout the course.
Research, select, and learn the necessary tools and techniques that are needed
to complete the project.

Contents :
Project - Phase2 Activities to be done:
1. The second phase of the project will involve design, analysis, coding,
implementation, testing and deployment of the System.
2. Student is required to submit a 1-page weekly report on the work done to the
mentor. There would continuous evaluation based on the weekly report
submitted.
3. Report primarily containing the entire Project Life Cycle beginning from
Literature Survey, Feasibility Study, Design, Analysis, Coding, Testing, and
Deployment is to be submitted at the end of the Semester. (Hard Bound
Report (Golden Embossing))
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-136

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VIII

Course :

Robotics

Code :

BTIT08005

Elective - II
Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Advance Image Processing (BTIT07008)


Objectives:
To introduce the basics of Robotics mechanisms.
Outcomes:
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

2.

Description

Duration

1. Robotic Manipulation & Introduction to Robots: Introduction,


types of automation, automation and robots, history of robotics,
definition of robotics, AI & Robotics, definition of robot, robot
manipulators / Arms, robot motion, representation of robot,
robot anatomy, robot programming, classification of robots:
Based on drive technology, based on work space envelope, based
on motion control, specification, Application, advantages,
disadvantages of robots.

Direct Kinematics: Introduction to Kinematics, Types of


kinematics, Coordinate frame, Rotations, Homogeneous
Coordinates: HCTM, Inverse HCTM , composite HCTM, Screw
transformations, kinematics parameters, Tool / Hand Coordinate
frame, Denavit-Hartenberg Representation, Arm matrix, Direct

MPSTME-IT-137

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
kinematics analysis of 2 axis, 3 axis, 4 axis, 5 axis, 6 axis robots.
3.

Inverse Arm Kinematics: Introduction, Inverse kinematics


problem, Solutions to inverse Kinematics problems, relation
between direct and inverse kinematics, Tool configuration vector
[TCV] of 5 axis articulated Robot, TCV of 4 axis SCARA Robot.
Inverse kinematics analysis of 2,3,4,5,6 axis Robots

4.

Work Space analysis of Robots:Introduction to work space


analysis, Robot work space envelopes, work space analysis of 5
axis Robot and 4 axis Robot, Work space fixtures : Part feeders,
conveyors and Carousels, Fixed tools

5.

Trajectory planning of Robots : Introduction, path & trajectory,


Types of Robot motions: Pick & place motion, Continuous path
motion, Continuous path control of 5 axis & 4 axis Robot,
Interpolated Motions, Straight line motions : cubical polynomial,
linear interpolation, Knot point deviation, straight line motion,
Bounded deviation Algorithm.

6.

Differential Motion & Statics : Introduction: Tool configuration


matrix, Manipulator Jacobian Matrix, Tool configuration Jacobian
Matrix of 5 axis, 4 axis, 3 axis Robots. Joint space singularities,
Generalized inverse, Pseudo Inverses : Resolved Motion rate
control using Pseudo Inverses abd Resolved Motion rate control
of a SCARA Robot. Manipulator Jacobian Matrix, Induced Joint
Torques and forces.

7.

Robot Vision : Introduction, Image representation and analysis,


Template matching, Polyhedral Objects: Edge detection, Corner
point detection, Run length encoding, Shape Analysis : Line
descriptors, Area Descriptors, Segmentation : Thresholding,
Region labeling ,Iterative processing: Shrink operator, swell
operators, Euler number, Perspective transformation, camera
calibration, Structured illumination.

8.

Robot Task Planning : Introduction, task planners, Task level


programming, Uncertainty, Configuration space: translations.

MPSTME-IT-138

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Rotations, Cross motion planning Generalized Voronoi Diagram
[GVD],Complex GVD, Grasp planning, Fine motion planning
,simulation of planner motion, polygon penetration. A task
planning simulation problem.
9.

Moments of Inertia & Introduction to NC & CNC Machines :


Introduction to moments of inertia, Its types, Moments of inertia
of Area and Mass, Robot control problem due to Moments of
Inertia , Numerically controlled machines : Definition,
Constructional features, Types of NC machines, Applications /
Advantages, Computer numerically controlled machines :
Definition, Types, Applications, Advantages
Total

45

Text Books: (Preferably 1 or 2)


1. Groover M P , Industrial Robotics, Pearson Education, 2008
2. Fu K S, Robotics, Mc-Graw Hill, 2008
Reference Books:
1. CSP Rao and V.V. Reddy, Robotics, Pearson Publications, 2008
2. Mittal R K & Nagrath I J, Robotics and Control, TMH, 2007
3. P. Coiffet and M. Chaironze , An Introduction to Robot Technology,

Kogam Page Ltd. 1983 London.


4. Richard D. Klafter, Robotic Engineering, Prentice Hall, 1989
5. Asada and Slow time, Robot Analysis and Intelligence, Wiley Inter-Science,

2000
6. John J Craig, Introduction to Robotics, Pearson Education, 2004
7. Mark W. Spong and M. Vidyasagar, Robot Dynamics and Control, John Wiley

& Sons, 1989


Term Work:
1. Minimum 7 practical experiments covering all the topics.
2. Two class tests each carrying 20 marks.

MPSTME-IT-139

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VIII

Course :

High Speed Networking Architecture and


Protocols

Code :

BTIT08006

Elective - II
Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Networks, Advance Computer Networks (BTIT06005)


Objectives:
To enable the students to understand the need to carry large volumes of
traffic with different QoS requirements over networks operating at very high
data rates
To provides a comprehensive, integrated and up-to-date survey of the key
issues of high speed TCP/IP networks
To understand and analyze the design issues for high-speed networks like
ATM, Frame Relay, High Speed LANs
Outcomes: Students will be able to :
Identify the network issues for High speed networks and analyze them.
Understand the architecture and working of Frame relay, ATM, MPLS and
optical networks.
Describe QoS architectures for Internet
Explain congestion control, traffic control and QoS objectives and apply them
to real life problems
Describe various switch designs
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

MPSTME-IT-140

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Network services and layered architectures: Application, Traffic
characterization and QoS, Network Services, High performance
network, layered architecture, Network architectures , Network
bottleneck

2.

Frame Relay architecture and layers, extended address, FRADs,


VOFR, LMI

3.

Asynchronous transfer mode - ATM Protocol Architecture, ATM


logical Connection, ATM Cell - ATM Service Categories - AAL.

4.

High Speed LANs: Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet, Fiber


Channel, Wireless LANs: applications, requirements Architecture of 802.11, FDDI, DQDB

5.

CONGESTION AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT: Queuing


Analysis- Queuing Models - Single Server Queues - Effects of
Congestion - Congestion Control - Traffic Management Congestion Control in Packet Switching Networks - Frame Relay
Congestion Control.

6.

TCP AND ATM CONGESTION CONTROL: TCP Flow control


- TCP Congestion Control - Retransmission - Timer Management
- Exponential RTO backoff - KARN's Algorithm - Window
management - Performance of TCP over ATM. Traffic and
Congestion control in ATM - Requirements - Attributes - Traffic
Management Frame work, Traffic Control - ABR traffic
Management - ABR rate control, RM cell formats, ABR Capacity
allocations - GFR traffic management.

7.

INTEGRATED AND DIFFERENTIATED SERVICES:


Integrated Services Architecture - Approach, Components,
Services- Queuing Discipline, FQ, PS, BRFQ, GPS, WFQ Random Early Detection, Differentiated Services

8.

PROTOCOLS FOR QoS SUPPORT: RSVP - Goals &


Characteristics, Data Flow, RSVP operations, Protocol
Mechanisms - Multiprotocol Label Switching - Operations, Label
Stacking, Protocol details - RTP - Protocol Architecture, Data

MPSTME-IT-141

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Transfer Protocol, RTCP.
9.

Optical network: optical links, WDM systems, optical cross


connect, optical LANs , Optical paths and networks

10.

Switching: Switch Performance measures, time and space


division switching, modular switch design, Distributed buffer,
shared buffer, input buffer, output buffer.

11.

MPLS and VPN: MPLS architecture, modes of operation, MPLS


based VPN architecture and operations

Total

45

Text Books:
1. William Stallings, High-Speed networks and Internets Performance
and Quality of Service, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2002
2. Warland & Pravin Varaiya, "High Performance Communication
Networks", 2nd Ed., Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,2009
Reference Books:
1. Mahbub Hassan and Raj Jain, "High Performance TCP/IP
Networking", 1st Ed., PHI, 2009
2. Sumit Kasera, ATM Networks : Concepts and Protocols, 2/e. Tata
McGraw-Hill,2005
3. Behrouz Forouzan, Data Communication and Networking", 4/e,
Tata McGraw-Hill,2006.
4. Ivan Pepelnjak, Jim Guichard, "MPLS and VPN architectures", Cisco Press,
2012
5. Ivan Pepelnjak, "MPLS and VPN architectures", Volume II, Pearson
Education, 2007
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-142

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VIII

Course :

Information Security Assurance and Forensics


Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Code : BTIT08007

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Advance Computer Networks (BIT3205), Web programming (BIT2205),


Information Security (BIT4103)
Objectives:
The main purpose of this course is to learn the secrets and strategies for recovering
from computer crime incidents and to respond to security breaches and hacker
attacks.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Understand motivation of a hacker and various techniques used by the hacker.
Understand ethical issues related to hacking
Perform forensic operations on a given media.
Understand various cyber crimes and related legal issues
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

1. Introduction, Ethics of hacking, hacking process, types of hackers

02

2.

Footprinting, Scanning and Enumeration, Sniffers, Encryption


and password cracking, Spoofing, Session Hijacking, DoS, Buffer
Overflows

10

3.

Mail Vulnerabilities, Web Application Vulnerabilities, Windows


and Linux Vulnerabilities

08

MPSTME-IT-143

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
4.

06

8.

Overview of computer forensics, types of cyber crime. The


forensics process, disk imaging, forensics tools, Hardware and
OS fundamentals, Disk geometry, partitions, Windows and Linux
file systems
File signatures, string searching, File types, regular expressions,
grep, egrep, and fgrep commands
Data hiding techniques Deleted file recovery, recycle bin,
alternate data streams, cryptography, steganography, antiforensics tools
Investigative Techniques: Windows registry files, Email analysis,
Internet activity analysis, Live system forensics and incident
response, Static and dynamic analysis of executable file,
Documentation and reports
Legal Issues: The justice system, Indian IT act and case studies

9.

Contemporary issues related to cyber forensics and hacking.

05

5.
6.

7.

Total

02
04

06

02

45

Text Books:
1. Alfred Basta and Wolf Halton, Computer Security Concepts, Issues and
Implementation, Cengage Learning, 2008
Reference Books:
1.Shon Harris et al., Gray Hat Hacking The Ethical Hackers Handbook, 3rd Ed.,
TMH, 2011
2.Kimberly Graves, CEH Study Guide Exam 312-50 Exam, Wiley India, 2010
3.Bill Nelson, Amelia Phillips, Frank Enfinger, Christopher Steuart, Computer
Forensics and Investigations, Cengage Learning, 2008
4.Chris, Philipp, Hacking Exposed Computer Forensics,2nd Ed. TMH, 2010
5.Kevin Mandia,Chris Prosise Incident Response & Computer Forensics, 2nd Ed.,
TMH, 2010
6.Richard Bejtlich, Keith Jones, Curtis W. Rose Real Digital Forensics: Computer
Security & Incident Response, Pearson Higher Education , 2006
7.Dave Cleiman et al. The Official CHFI Study Guide(Exam 312-49), Syngress,
2007
8.Brown, Computer Evidence Collection and Preservation, Laxmi Publications,
2007
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-144

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VIII

Course :

Advanced Database Management System

Code : BTIT08008

Elective - II
Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Database Management Systems (BTIT03006)


Objectives:
Enhance on the knowledge gained in Database Management systems in several
directions like Non-relational data models, deductive (intelligent) databases
systems, distributed systems, web base systems and object oriented systems etc.
Designing and implementing database systems based on the client-server
architecture and distributed data base systems.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Analyze the different database management systems.
Learn query processing and optimization of query.
Learn to write programs in PL/SQL language.
Design database system based on client server architecture.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. The Extended Entity Relationship Model and Object Model:


The ER model revisited, Motivation for complex data types, User
defined abstract data types and structured types, subclasses,
super classes, Inheritance, Specialization and Generalization,
Constraints and characteristics of specialization and

Duration
6

MPSTME-IT-145

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Generalization, Relationship types of degree higher than two.

2.

Query Processing and Optimization: Overview, Measures of


Query cost, Selection operation, Sorting, Join operation, other
operations, Evaluation of Expressions, Transformation of
relational expressions, Estimating Statistics of Expression Results,
Choice of Evaluation Plans, Materialized Views.

3.

Object Based Databases: Overview of Object-Oriented concepts,


object identity, object structure and type constructions,
Encapsulation of operations, Methods and Persistence, Type
hierarchies and Inheritance, Type extents and queries, Complex
objects; Overview of the object model of ODMG, OQL and ODL
languages, queries for OQL, Mapping an EER schema to ODB
schema, Structured types and inheritance in SQL, Type
inheritance, Table inheritance, Array and Multiset types in SQL,
Creating and accessing collection values, querying collection
valued attributes, Nesting and Unnesting, Object identity and
reference types in SQL, Persistent Programming language,
Persistence of objects, object identity and pointers, Storage and
access of persistent objects, RDBMS versus object oriented versus
object relational systems.

10

4.

Parallel and Distributed Databases and Client-Server


Architecture: Architectures for parallel database, Parallel query
evaluation; Parallelizing individual operations, Sorting, Joins;
Distributed database concepts, Data fragmentation, Replication,
and allocation techniques for distributed database design; Query
processing in distributed databases; concurrency control and
Recovery in distributed databases. An overview of Client-Server
architecture.

5.

XML and Internet Databases: Structured, Semi structured, and


Unstructured data, XML Hierarchical (Tree) Data Model, XML
Documents, DTD and XML Schema, XML Documents and

MPSTME-IT-146

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Databases, XML Querying.
6.

Overview of Enhanced Data Models for Advanced


Applications: Active database concepts, Temporal database
concepts; Spatial databases, concepts and architecture, Deductive
databases and Query processing; Mobile databases, Geographic
information systems.

7.

Overview of Database Administration: Managing a Database


Instance, Maintaining Online Redo Log files, Managing
tablespaces and Data files, managing undo data, Managing users
and privileges, managing roles and auditing.

8.

Case Study: Conceptualization and object oriented database


design for Railway Reservation System, Banking System etc.

Total

45

Text Books:
1. Elmarsi, Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, 6th Edition,
Addision Wesley, 2010
2. Hennry Korth, Abraham Silberschatz, Database System Concepts,
6th Edition, Mc-Graw Hill, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. Stefano Ceri and Giuseppe Pelagatti, Distributed Databases
Principles and Systems, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008
2. R. Ramakrishnan, Database Management Systems, 3rd Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2009
3. C.J. Date, et. al, An Introduction to Database System, 8th Edition,
Pearson Education, 2006
4. George Koch, Oracle9i The Complete Reference, 1st Edition, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill, 2002
5. Ivan Bayross, Commercial Applications Development Using Oracle
Developer 2000forms 6i 2008 Edition, BPB, 2009.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-147

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (Information Technology)

Semester : VIII

Course :

Cloud Computing

Code : BTIT08009

Elective - II
Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

4.5

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Advance Computer Networks (BTIT06005), Web programming


(BTIT04007), Information Security (BTIT07003), Distributed
Computing (BTIT05006)
Objectives:
The primary purpose of this course is to capture the state-of-the-art in Cloud
Computing technologies and applications. This course covers a series of current
cloud computing technologies, including technologies for Virtualization,
Infrastructure as a Service, Platform as a Service and Software as a Service.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Understand various cloud service model and cloud terminologies
Understand cloud enabling technologies
Understand cloud infrastructure and services
Understand how different algorithms can be implemented and executed in
the Hadoop framework.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. Introduction to Cloud Computing : Whats cloud computing?,


Properties & Characteristics, Service models, Deployment models

Duration
04

MPSTME-IT-148

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2.

Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS): Introduction to IaaS, Resource


Virtualization ( Server, Storage, Network )

08

3.

Platform as a Service (PaaS): Introduction to PaaS, Cloud


platforms & Management (Computation and Storage), Case
studies

06

4.

Software as a Service (SaaS) : Introduction to SaaS, Web services,


Web 2.0, Web OS
Hadoop: Hadoop distributed file system, distributed
computations with MapReduce, Hadoops data and I/O building
blocks. Hadoop in the cloud.
Cloud security: cloud Security reference model, governance and
enterprise risk management, compliance and audit management,
information management and data security.
Migration to cloud: Cloud models suitable for different
categories of users, Considerations for choosing applications
suitable for cloud, Different phases to adopt the cloud

10

5.

6.

7.

Total

10

05

02

45

Text Books:
1. Raj Buyya, Christian Vecchiola, S. Selvi, Mastering Cloud
Computing, TMH, 2013
2. Rajkimar Buyya, James Broberg, Andrzej Goscinski, Cloud
Computing: Principles and Paradigms, Wiley India, 2013
Reference Books:
1. Tom white, Hadoop: The Definitive Guide, 3rd Ed. OReilly,
2012
2. Chuck Lam, Hadoop in action, Dreamtech Press, 2011
3. Dr. Kumar Saurabh, Cloud Computing: Insights into New-Era
Infrastructure, Wiley India, First Edition, 2011
4. Anthony T.Velte, Cloud Computing: A Practical approach,
TMH, 2009
5. Halper Fern, Kaufman Marcia, Bloor Robin, Hurwit Judith, Cloud
Computing For Dummies, Wiley India, 2009
Term Work:
As per Department and Institutes ICA norms.

MPSTME-IT-149

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
MBA(Tech.) IT Semester Scheme
Teaching Scheme: MBA(Tech.) IT (2nd Year) For the Academic Year (2013-14)
Semester III
Code
Subject

Data Structures and


Algorithms
Digital Logic Design
Web Programming
Applied Mathematics III
Business
Communication - I
Advanced Java
Structured System
Analysis and Design
Human Computer
Interaction

MBIT
03001
MBIT
03002
MBIT
03003
MBIT
03004
MBIT
03005
MBIT
03006
MBIT
03007
MBIT
03008

Total

Teaching
Scheme
Th
T
eo
Pr
ut
ry

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class
Test II

Cre
Term- dit
work

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

15

15

20

50

20

20

10

15

15

20

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

20

10

250

130

130

90

26

Semester IV
Teaching
Scheme
T
The
u Pr
ory
t

Subject

Computer Networks
Microprocessor and
Microcontroller
Principles of
Communication

MBIT
04001
MBIT
04002
MBIT
04003

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class
Test II

Termwork

Cre
dit

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

MPSTME-IT-150

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Engineering
Operating Systems
Database Management
Systems
Principles and
Practices of
Management
Statistical Methods
Total

MBIT
04004
MBIT
04005

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

MBIT
04007

MBIT
04008

19

0 10

250

100

100

40

24

MPSTME-IT-151

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Teaching Scheme: MBA(Tech.) IT (3rd Year) For the Academic Year (2013-14)

Semester V
Code
Subject

Information Security
Digital Signal Processsing
Wireless Communication
Service Oriented
Architecture
Research Methodology
E26-Business Economics
E27-Constitution of India
Operations Research

MBIT
05001
MBIT
05002
MBIT
05003
MBIT
05004
MBIT
05005
MBIT
05006
MBIT
05007
MBIT
05008

Total

Teaching
Examination Scheme
Scheme
T
Class
Class
The
P Final
Term
u
Test Test ory
r Exam
-work
t
I
II

Cr
edi
t

50

15

15

20

50

15

15

20

50

15

15

20

50

20

20

10

15

15

20

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

350

140

140

120

22

18

0 8

Semester VI
Code
Subject

Computer Simulation and


Modeling
Object Oriented Modeling
and Design

MBIT
06001
MBIT
06002

Implemention of Technology

MBIT

Teaching
Examination Scheme
Scheme
T
Class
Class
The
P Final
Term
u
Test Test ory
r Exam
-work
t
I
II

Cr
edi
t

50

15

15

20

50

15

15

20

15

15

20

MPSTME-IT-152

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
06003
Distributed Computing
E32-Project Management
Information System for
Managers
Safety, Health &
Environmental Management
Systems
Financial Accounting

Total

MBIT
06004
MBIT
06005
MBIT
06006

50

15

15

20

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

MBIT
06007

50

20

20

10

MBIT
06008

50

20

20

10

350

140

140

120

20

16

0 8

MPSTME-IT-153

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Teaching Scheme: MBA(Tech.) IT (4th Year) For the Academic Year (2013-14)
Semester VII
Code
Subject
TIP (8 weeks
completed in
vacations)
Elective- I
Elective- II
Research Methodology
Financial Analysis and
Accounting
Organisation Behaviour
Management of
Innovation
E-Business
Marketing
Management
Supply Chain
management
Cost Accounting
Corporate Social
Responsibility
Business
Communication-II
Research Project - I
Total

Teaching
Scheme
T
The
u Pr
ory
t

Examination Scheme

Cr
edi
t

Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class
Test II

Termwork

200

10

0 40

3
3
2

0
0
0

2
2
0

50
50
50

20
20
20

20
20
20

10
10
10

4
4
2

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

1
27

0
0

2
6

50
650

20
260

20
260

10
330

2
40

Elective I : 1. Data Warehousing and Mining (MBIT07001), 2. Software Quality


Assurance (MBIT07002)
Elective II : 1. Artificial Intelligence (MBIT07003), 2. Information Storage Management
(MBIT07004), 3. Multimedia Systems (MBIT07005), 4. Mobile Computing (MBIT07006)

MPSTME-IT-154

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Semester VIII
Code
Subject

Elective - III
Strategic Management
Quality Management
Systems and practices
Industrial Marketing
Financial Management
Management of
Technology
Human Resource
Management
Legal Aspects of
Business
Advanced Statistcal
Analysis
Intellectual Property
Management
Enterprise Planning
Systems
Personality and
Creativity
Development
Total

Teaching
Scheme

Examination Scheme

3
2

0
0

2
0

50
50

20
20

Class
Test II
20
20

50

20

2
2

0
0

0
0

50
50

The T
ory ut

P
r

Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Termwork

Cr
edi
t

10
10

4
2

20

10

20
20

20
20

10
10

2
2

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

25

600

240

240

120

26

Elective III : 1. Advanced Database Management Systems (MBIT08001), 2. Image


Processing (MBIT08002), 3. Embedded Systems (MBIT08003), 4. Advanced Computer
Network (MBIT08004)

MPSTME-IT-155

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Teaching Scheme: MBA(Tech.) IT (5th Year) For the Academic Year (2013-14)
Semester IX
Subject

Co
de

Technical Project - 1
MIP
Elective 1
Elective 2
Elective 3
Elective 4
Elective 5
Entrepreneurship
Management
Research Project-II
Total

Teaching
Scheme
The T P
ory ut r
0
0 3
0
0
3
0 0
3
0 0
3
0 0
3
0 0
3
0 0

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam
50
50
50
50
50

Class
Test - I
20
20
20
20
20

Class
Test - II
20
20
20
20
20

Termwork
50
200
10
10
10
10
10

Cre
dit
1
2
2
2
2
2

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

19

350

140

140

320

15

Semester X
Subject

Co
de

Teaching
Scheme
The T P
ory ut r

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class
Test - II

Termwork

Cre
dit

Technical Project - 2

50

Elective 1
Elective 2
Elective 3
Elective 4
Elective 5
Energy
Management
Business
Communication -III
Leadership in
Organisation

2
2
2
2
2

0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0

50
50
50
50
50

20
20
20
20
20

20
20
20
20
20

10
10
10
10
10

2
2
2
2
2

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

50

20

20

10

MPSTME-IT-156

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
New Product
Development
Foreign Language
Total

50

20

20

10

2
20

0
0

0
3

50
500

20
200

20
200

10
150

0
19

MPSTME-IT-157

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : III

Course :

Data Structures and Algorithms

Code: MBIT03001

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: CP-I, CP-II


Objectives:
To introduce students to both data structures and algorithm design.
To discuss different data structures to represent real world problems
To study various ways to design algorithms to solve the problems
Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. Assess how the choice of data structures and algorithm design methods
impacts the performance of programs.
2. Choose the appropriate data structure and algorithm design method for a
specified application.
3. Write programs using object-oriented design principles.
4. Solve problems using data structures such as linear lists, stacks, queues,
binary trees, heaps, and writing programs for these solutions.
5. Solve problems using algorithm design methods such as the greedy method,
divide and conquer, dynamic programming, backtracking, and writing
programs for these solutions.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

MPSTME-IT-158

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Data Structures : Linked List Single, Double, Circular; StacksInfix, Postfix, Prefix; Queues-Circular, Priority Queue, Deque ;
Trees-Binary Tree, and Graphs.

10

2.

Analyzing the Algorithms: Introduction to Complexity Theory,


Time and Space Complexity, Lower bounds and the complexity
of problems, Classifying functions by their asymptotic growth
rates, Different study areas in algorithm, Asymptotic notations,
Asymptotic order, Properties of big oh, big omega, and big theta,
Asymptotic order of common problems, Best case , average case
and worst case analysis for common problems, Optimality.

3.

Basic Search and Traversal Techniques for: Binary tree


traversal:- Inorder, Preorder and Postorder tree traversal. Search
and traversal techniques for graphs - BFS, DFS.

4.

Searching and Sorting Techniques: Efficiency considerations in


searching, Basic Searching Techniques- Sequential search,
Searching ordered table, Indexed sequential search, Binary
search, Interpolation search, Binary search tree, Hashing.
Efficiency considerations in sorting, General sorting MethodsBubble sort, Binary tree sort, Heaps and Heap sort, Heap as Priority
queues, Shell sort, Bucket sort, Radix sort. Time complexity
calculations, Best case, worst case and average case calculations
of the different sorting methods.

5.

Divide and Conquer Technique: The general method, control


abstraction for divide and conquer, Iterative form of divide and
conquer control abstraction, Merge sort, Insertion sort, Quick
sort, Selection sort, Time complexity calculations, Best case, worst
case and average case calculations of the different sorting
methods.

6.

Greedy Technique: The general method, Knapsack problem,


Minimum spanning trees, Prims and Kruskals algorithm, Single
source shortest paths algorithm.

7.

Dynamic Programming: The general method, principle of

MPSTME-IT-159

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
optimality, All pairs shortest paths, Optimal binary search trees,
0/1-knapsack.
8.

Backtracking: The general method, Estimating the efficiency of


backtracking, The Tic-Tac-Toe problem, Knapsack problem.

Total

45

Text Books:
1. Ellis Horowitz, and Sartaj Sahani, Fundamentals of Computer
Algorithms, 2nd Edition, Universities Press, 2008.
2. Y. Langsam, M. J. Augenstein, A. M. Tannenbum, Data Structures
Using C and C++, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. P. H. Dava and H.B. Dava; Design and Anlaysis of Algorithms,
Pearson Education, 2008.
2. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E., Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest,
Introduction to Algorithms, MIT Press, 3rd edition, 2009.
3. Sara Baase, Alan Van Gelder, Computer Algorithms Introduction to
Design and Analysis, Addison-Wesley, 3rd edition, 2000.
4. Aho, Hopcroft, Ullman, Data Structures and Algorithms, AddisonWesley, 2000.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work

MPSTME-IT-160

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : III

Course :

Digital Logic Design

Code: MBIT03002

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Pre-requisite:
(BTAB0203)

Tutoria
l

Credit

0
Basic

Electrical

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Engineering

(BTAB01003),

Basic

Electronics

Objective: To provide knowledge of logic circuits theory, elementary analysis and its
implementation in practical cases; the popular logic families and their characteristics
that will help to understand design of complex digital circuits and systems.
Outcomes:
After successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
Solve basic binary math operations using the logic gates.
Demonstrate programming proficiency using the various logical elements to
design practically motivated logical units.
Design different units that are elements of typical computers CPU.
Apply knowledge of the logic design course to solve problems of designing
of control units of different input/output devices.
Design electrical circuitry using logical elements realized on the base of
different technologies.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1

Description
Number Systems: Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal
number system and conversion, Binary weighted codes, Signed
number binary order, 1's and 2's complement codes, Binary
arithmetic.

Duration
3

MPSTME-IT-161

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2

Boolean Algebra: Binary logic functions, Boolean laws, Truth


tables, Associative and distributive properties, DeMorgans
Theorems, Realization of switching functions using logic gates.

Combinational Logic : Switching equations, Canonical logic


forms, Sum of product & Product of sums, Karnaugh maps,
Two, Three and Four variable Karnaugh maps, Simplification of
expressions, Quine-McCluskey minimization techniques, Mixed
logic combinational circuits, Multiple output functions.

Analysis and Design of Combinational Logic : Introduction to


combinational circuit, Code conversion, Decoder, Encoder,
Priority encoder, Multiplexers as function generators, Binary
address, Subtractor, BCD adder, Binary comparator, Arithmetic
and logic units.

Sequential Logic :Sequential circuits, Flip-flops, Clocked and


edge triggered flip-flops timing specifications counters
asynchronous and synchronous, Counter design with state
equations registers, Serial in serial out shift registers, Tristate
register, Register transfer timing considerations.

Sequential Circuits: State diagrams and tables, Transition table,


Excitation table and equations. Examples using flip-flops. Simple
synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuit analysis,
Construction of state diagram and counter design.

Programmable
Logic:
Programmable
logic
devices,
Programmable logic arrays and programmable array logic,
Design using PAL, Field programmable gate arrays.

Total

45

Text Book:
1. M. Morris Mano, Digital Logic and Computer Design, 1st Edition, Pearson,
2004. (classic book)
Reference Books:
1. John P. Uyemura, Brookes, Digital Systems Design, Cengage Learning,

MPSTME-IT-162

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2006.
2. A. B. Marcontz, Introduction to Logic Design, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill Education, 2007.
3. Dr.(Mrs.) Nandini Jog Logic Circuits & Design, Nandu Publication, 2003
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work

MPSTME-IT-163

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : III

Course :

Web Programming

Code: MBIT03003

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming I (BTAB01006)


Objectives:
To get an understanding of the Web & Technology required for building a
web site, students would be able to make their projects as applications which
are available online.
This would also help the students during their jobs to understand the
organizations need and creating modules which would be required to be
available on global net as an online application.
Students will learn underlying Web and programming concepts including
how to use SQL queries and database middle layers to make Web pages
dynamic.
Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students would be able to :
1. Apply knowledge of client/server architecture & the HTTP protocol usage of get
& post transactions for building web applications on Internet.
2. Design web pages using CSS for standard appearance; add dynamism in the
web page using Java Script & DHTML. Convert HTML pages to XHTML adding
XML data to transfer data online irrespective to compatibility issues.
3. Design & implement a web application by building a web site using the client
side technologies like (HTML client form; CSS for appearance as inline, internal
& external; HTML DOM for dynamic changes considering each HTML tag as an
object and changing its content, style; JavaScript for validations on the client
side) and server side technologies like (PHP) for database connectivity and
maintain sessions.
4. Identify, formulate and provide effective IT solution for various scenarios.
5. Understand the impact of using XHTML over HTML for standardizing web

MPSTME-IT-164

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
pages on all browsers, learning economical way for controlling appearance &
layout through CSS, understanding the way other technologies can be
embedded into the web page to enhance visual effects.
6. Shift focus now from HTML pages to XHTML pages so that they are
standardized as per global relevance (irrespective to platform or type of device)
and also have ability to port data along with information.
7. Overview of other technologies for adding more multimedia features to the web
page.
8. Create web based IT solutions and integrating the database with server side
technology PHP. Thus making the companys IT applications available online.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1

Description
Mark-up languages: HTML

Duration
8

Introduction, Basic Tags, Attributes, Heading, Paragraphs,


Formatting, Styles, Links, Images, Tables, Lists, Forms, Colors,
Layout, Frames, Font, CSS, Entities, Head, Metatags, URLs,
Scripts, Events, URL Encode, WebServer (IIS and Apache).
2

Cascading Style Sheets:

Introduction, Inline Styles, Embedded Style Sheets, Conflicting


Styles, Linking External Style Sheets, Positioning Elements,
Backgrounds, Element Dimensions, Box Model and Text Flow,
Media Types, Drop-Downs, User Style Sheets.
3

XHTML

Introduction, Headings, Linking, Images, Lists, Special Characters


and Horizontal Rules, Internal Linking, Meta Elements, Forms,
Tables.
4

JAVA Script:
Introduction, Decision Making, Control Statements, Functions,
Objects, Arrays, Event Handling.

MPSTME-IT-165

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
5

PHP:

Introduction, Decision, Looping, Arrays, Functions, Forms,


Methods, Cookies, Sessions, Error, Exception, Filter, References
6

MySQL:

Introduction, Connect, Create, Insert, Select, Where clause, order


by clause, Update, Delete and ODBC.
7

Contemporary Issues related to Web Programming & Overview


of Latest Technologies.
Total

45

Text Books:
1. Robert W. Sebesta, Programming the World Wide Web, Pearson Education, 4th
Edition, 2009.
2. Dietel & Dietel , Internet and World Wide Web, Pearson Publication, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. Achyut Godbole , Web Technologies, TMH, 2003.
2. Ullman, PHP 6 and MySQL5 for Dynamic Web Sites:Visual QuickPro Guide,
Pearson Publication, 2008.
3. Paul S. Wang, An Introduction to Web Design & Programming, Cengage
Learning, 2008
4. Joel Sklar, et. al., The Web Warrior Guide to Web Design Technologies,
Cengage Learning, 5th Edition, 2011.
5. Thomas A. Powell, The Complete Reference to HTML & XHTML, 4th
Edition, TMH, 2003.
6. Steven Holzner, HTML Black Book, Dreamtech Press, 2000.
Term Work:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-166

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

B. Tech. (All Branches)

Semester :III

Course :

Applied Mathematics - III

Code : MBIT03004

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Engineering Mathematics-I and Engineering Mathematics-II

Objectives:
To provide a set of tools and methods that can be applied in the courses given
in the host department or in subsequent years.
To provide introduction to the topics involving in the syllabus to carry out
routine operations.

Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Learn use of matrices in solving system of linear algebraic equations and also to
find eigen values and eigen vectors.
Study Laplace transforms of commonly used functions which are useful for
solving engineering problems and its application.
Understand the concept of Fourier series, and its problem solving techniques.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

MPSTME-IT-167

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
9.

Matrices:

10.

Linear dependence and independence of rows and columns of a


matrix over real field, System of linear homogeneous and nonhomogeneous equations, Characteristic equation, Eigen values
and Eigen vectors of a square matrix, Cayley Hamilton
Theorem, Similar Matrices, Diagonalization of a matrix,
Functions of a Square Matrix, Quadratic Forms.
Laplace transform

12

Definition, Laplace transform of 1, eat ,sin at , cos at ,sinh at , cosh at , t n


, First shifting theorem, Change of scale property, Evaluation of
Inverse Laplace using partial fraction, Convolution Theorem,
f (t )
L t f (t ) , L
,L
t

11.

20

f (u )du , L f (t ) , Laplace transforms of

Periodic functions, Unit step functions, Second shifting theorem ,


Dirac delta functions and their Laplace Transform, Application to
solve initial and boundary value problems involving ordinary
differential equations.
Fourier Series:
Orthogonality and Orthonormality, Periodic function,
Trigonometric Series, Dirichlets conditions, Eulers formulae
(Derivation of Fourier coefficients a0, an, bn is not expected),
Fourier series for the interval [ ,
2 ] and [ ,
2c] , Function

13

having points of discontinuity, Even and Odd functions, Half


range sine and cosine expansions, Parsevals identities.
Total

45

Note: Proofs of theorems are not expected

Text Books: (Preferably 1 or 2)


B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 42nd Edition,
2012.

MPSTME-IT-168

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Reference Books:
4. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Wiley Eastern Ltd, 10th,
2010.
5. G.V. Kumbhojkar, Applied Mathematics-III (Computer, EXTC), C. Jamnadas
& Co., 2nd, 2008-09.
6. H. K. Dass, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, S.Chand, 17th, 2007.

Term Work:
As per Institute norms for term work.

MPSTME-IT-169

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : III

Course :

Advanced Java

Code: MBIT03006

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: CP-I, CP-II


Objectives: The objective of this course is to provide in depth understanding of Java
technology. It includes how to create GUI based application using AWT and event
handling; Web based programming using Servlets and database connection using
JDBC and network programming using sockets.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

Description
Abstract Window Toolkit: Introduction to AWT: Working and
Windows, Using AWT controls, Layout Managers.

Duration
1

Event Handling: Delegation Event Model, Event Classes, Sources


2.

of Events, Event Listener Interfaces, Using the Delegation Event

Model, Adapter Classes, Inner Classes.


Swing: Basic Swing Components, Swing Package, JApplet, JIcons
3.

and Jlabels, JTextfield, JButtons, JCombobox, JTree, JTables,

Menu, JTabbedPane, Exploring Swing.


Applets: Applet basics, applet architecture, simple applet display
4.

methods, requesting repainting, HTML applet tag, Passing

parameters to applets.
5.

Servlet: Overview of Servlet Technology, Servlet, Servlet API,

MPSTME-IT-170

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Handling HTTP GET Requests, Handling HTTP POST Requests,
generating server response, handling Cookies, Session Tracking
Networking: Networking Basics- Socket overview, Client/Server,
Reserved Sockets, Proxy Server, and Internet Addressing.

6.

Networking classes and Interface, URL connection, TCP/IP sockets

programming, Datagrams.
Java and Database Programming: JDBC Architecture, JDBC-ODBC
Relationship, Types of Drivers, JDBC components, JDBC classes and
7.

Interfaces, steps for querying the database with JDBC, Database

connection, querying and updating database tables, passing


parameters to a statement.
Total

15

Text Book:
1.

Naughton and Schildt, The Complete Reference Java 2, 7th Edition, TMH,

2006
Reference Books:
1. E Balagurusamy , Programming with Java , 4th Edition, TMH, 2009
2. Y. Daniel Liang, Introduction to Java Programming, 8th Edition, Prentice Hall,
2010
3. Steven Holzner et al., Java 2 Programming Black Book , 5th Edition,
Dreamtech Press, 2006
4. Bruce Eckel, Thinking in Java, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2006
5. Ken Arnold, James Gosling, David Holmes, The Java Programming Language,
Pearson Education, 2000
6. Marty Hall and Larry Brown, Core Servlets and Java Server Pages Volume 1: Core
Technologies, 2nd Edition. Pearson Education, 2004

MPSTME-IT-171

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work

MPSTME-IT-172

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : III

Course :

Structured System Analysis and Design

Code: MBIT03007

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming-I, Computer Programming-II


Objectives: This course in Software Engineering provides an in-depth
understanding of the Software Engineering principles and methodologies. Software
building techniques are explored with the help of appropriate case studied, which
will make strong foundation for advance course in software engineering.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1

Description
INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING: Introduction
to Software project planning and management, project estimation
PROCESS MODELS: Prescriptive Models, The Waterfall Model,
Incremental Process Models, The Incremental Model , The RAD
Model, Evolutionary Process Models, Prototyping, The Spiral
Model, The Concurrent Development Model, Specialized Process
Models, Component Based Development, The Formal Methods
Model, Aspect Oriented Software Development, The Unified
Process, A Brief History Phases of the Unified process, Unified
Process Work Products
REQUIREMENTS ENGINEERING: Requirements Engineering
Tasks,
Inception,
Elicitation,
Elaboration,
Negotiation,

Duration
4
5

MPSTME-IT-173

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Specification, Validation, Requirements Management Initiating


the Requirements Engineering Process, Identifying the
Stakeholders, Recognizing Multiple Viewpoints, Working toward
Collaboration,
Asking
the
First
Questions,
Eliciting
Requirements, Collaborative Requirements Gathering, Quality
Function Deployment, User Scenarios, Elicitation Work Products,
Developing Use Cases, Building the Analysis Model, Analysis
Patterns, Negotiating Requirements, Validating Requirements
BUILDING THE ANALYSIS MODEL: Requirements Analysis,
Overall Objective and Philosophy, Analysis Rules of Thumb,
Domain Analysis, Analysis Modeling Approaches, Data
Modeling Concepts , Data Objects, Data Attributes,
Relationships, Cardinality and Modality, Object Oriented
Analysis, Scenario - Based Modeling, Writing Use Cases,
Developing an Activity Diagram, Swimlane Diagrams, Flow Oriented Modeling, Creating a Data Flow Model, Creating a
Control Flow Model, The Control Specification, The Process
Specification, Class Based Modeling, Identifying Analysis
Classes, Specifying Attributes, Defining Operations, Class
Responsibility Collaborator (CRC) Modeling, Associations and
Dependencies, Analysis Packages, Creating a Behavioral Model,
Identifying Events with the Use Case, State Representations
DESIGN ENGINEERING: Design within the Context of Software
Engineering, Design Process and Design Quality, Design
Concepts, Abstraction,Architecture, Patterns, Modularity,
Information Hiding, Functional Independence, Refinement,
Refactoring, Design Classes, The Design Model , Data Design
Elements, Architectural Design elements, Interface Design
Elements, Component - Level Design Elements, Deployment
Level Design Elements, Pattern Based Software Design,
Describing a Design Pattern, Using Patterns in Design,
Frameworks
CREATING AN ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN: Software
Architecture, What is Architecture Important?, Data Design, Data
Design at the Architectural Level, Date Design at the Component
Level, Architectural Styles and Patterns, A Brief Taxanomy of

MPSTME-IT-174

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Architectural Styles, Architectural Patterns, Organisation and


Refinement, Architectural Design , Representing the System in
Control, Defining Archetypes, Refining the Architecture into
Components, Describing Instantiations of the System, Assessing
Alternative Architectural Designs, An Architecture Trade - Off
Analysis Method, Architectural Complexity, Architectural
Description Languages, Mapping Data Flow into a Software
Architecture, Transform Flow, Transaction Flow, Transform
Mapping, Transaction Mapping, Refining the Architectural
Design
PERFORMING USER INTERFACE DESIGN: The Golden Rules,
Place the User in Control, Reduce the Users Memory Level,
Make the Interface Consistent, User Interface Analysis and
Design Models, Interface Analysis and Design Models , The
process, Interface Analysis, User Analysis, Task Analysis and
Modeling, Analysis of Display Content, Analysis of the Work
Environment, Interface Design Steps, Applying Interface Design
Steps, User Interface Design Patterns, Design Issues, Design
Evaluation
TESTING STRATEGIES: A Strategic Approach to Software
Testing Verification and Validation, Organizing for Software
Testing, A Software Testing Strategy for Conventional
Architectures, Criteria for Completion of Testing , Strategic
Issues, Test Strategies for Conventional Software, Unit Testing,
Integration Testing, Test Strategies for Object Oriented
Software, Unit Testing in the OO context, Integration Testing in
the OO Context, Validation Testing, Validation Test Criteria,
Configuration Review, Alpha and Beta Testing, System Testing,
Recovery Testing, Security Testing, Stress Testing, Performance
Testing, The Art of Debugging, The Debugging Process,
Psychological Considerations, Debugging Strategies, Correcting
the Error, Introduction to testing tactics
Total

Text Book:

45

MPSTME-IT-175

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. R. Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioners Approach, 6th
Edition, Mc-Graw Hill, 2005
Reference Books:
1.

Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, 9th Edition, Pearson Education,


2010

2.

Pankaj Jalote, An integrated approach to Software Engineering, 3rd


Edition, Springer, 2010

Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work

MPSTME-IT-176

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : III

Course :

Human Computer Interaction

Code: MBIT03008

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal
Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks) As per Institute Norms


50

50

Pre-requisite: NIL
Objective: The basic objective of the course is to understand User interface design
and development, theory of HCI, human aspects of HCI design and best practices in
HCI
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

Introduction to HCI: Introduction: Importance of user Interface


definition, importance of good design. Characterization, Notion of
1. Human Computer & Interaction.
4

2.

The Human: Input output channels, Human memory, Thinking:


4
reasoning and problem solving

The Interaction: Models of interaction, Frameworks and HCI,


3. Interaction styles, Elements of the WIMP interface.
4
Paradigms for interaction
Interaction design basics: The process of design, user focus,
4. scenarios, navigation design, screen design and layout, interaction 6
and prototyping

MPSTME-IT-177

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
5.

Design rules: Principles to support usability,


Guidelines, Golden rules and heuristics, HCI patterns

Standards,

Implementation Support: Elements of windowing systems,


6. Programming the application, Using toolkits, User interface 6
management systems
Total

30

Text Books:
1.
Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory Abowd, Russel Beale, HumanComputer
Interaction, Pearson, 2009
Reference Books:
1.
John M Carroll, Human Computer Interaction in the New Millennium,
Pearson Education, 2001
2.
Ben Shneiderman, Designing the User Interface: Strategies for Effective
Human-Computer Interaction, 5th Edition, Pearson Education, 2009
3.
Jenny Preece, Yvaonne Rogers, Helen Sharp, David Benyan, Simon Holand,
Tom Carey, Human Computer Interaction, Addison Wesley (UK), 1994
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work

MPSTME-IT-178

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : IV

Course :

Computer Networks

Code: MBIT04001

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming I, Computer Programming II


Objectives:
This is an introductory course in computer networks. The emphasis will be on the
basic performance and engineering tradeoffs in the design and implementation of
computer networks. The objective is to learn not only what computer networks are
and how they work today, but also why they are designed the way they are and
how they are likely to evolve in the future.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to:
Explain the need for computer networking and basic terminologies
associated with computer networks.
Explain functions of layers of OSI model.
Understand various routing algorithms.
Explain congestion and flow control, error detection and correction and
various approaches for the implementation of same.
Explain need for QoS and various options available in Internet.
Apply M/M/1 queuing analysis
Understand the working of Application layer protocols like http, DNS etc.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

MPSTME-IT-179

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1

Introduction:

Introduction to computer networks, classification of computer


networks, topology, layering and protocols, OSI reference model,
TCP/IP model, switching and its classification, performance
issues (BW, latency , delay etc.), network standardization
organizations
2

Physical layer and media:

Analog and digital signals, transmission impairment, data rate


limits, Guided media, unguided media, structured cabling
3

Data link layer:


Services provided to network layer, error detection and
correction techniques (parity checks, checksumming methods,
CRC, Hamming code), reliable transmission ( stop and wait,
sliding window protocol with its variant)
Medium access control sublayer:

Channel allocation problem, random access protocols (ALOHA,


Carrier Sense Multiple Access, CSMA/CD, CSMA/CA),
Controlled access (Reservation, Polling, Token passing),
Channelization (FDMA, TDMA, CDMA), Ethernet (cabling,
encoding, frame structure, binary exponential backoff algorithm,
performance, switched Ethernet, fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet)
data link layer switching, X.25, PPP, HDLC. Introduction to
ATM, Frame Relay and WLAN.
5

Network Layer:

Forwarding and routing, VC and Datagram networks, router


internals, Routing algorithms ( optimality principle, shortest path
routing, flooding, Distance Vector, link state, hierarchical,
broadcast, multicast routing, routing in Ad-hoc network, node
look up in peer to peer networks), congestion control algorithms,
QoS. IPv4 datagram format, IP addresses.
6

Packet queues and Delay analysis: Littles theorem, Birth and


death process, Queueing Disciplines, Markovian FIFO Queueing

MPSTME-IT-180

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
system (M/M/1 and M/M/1/b)
7

Transport layer: Transport layer services, elements of transport


layer, Internet transport protocols (UDP and TCP), Performance
issues

Application Layer:

Principles of Network Applications, Domain Name system,


Electronic mail, WWW and HTTP
9

Contemporary issues related to computer networks


Total

5
45

Text Books:
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, David Whetherall, Computer Networks, 5th Ed.,
Pearson Education, 2012
2. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking: A Top Down
Approach,5th Ed., Pearson Education, 2012
Reference Books:
1. Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, Computer Networks: A Systems
Approach,5th Ed., Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011
2. Behrouz A Forouzan, Firouz Mosharraf, Computer Networks: A Top Down
Approach, TMH, 2012
3. Nader F Mir, Computer and Communication Networks, Pearson
Education, 2009
4. Bhushan Trivedi, Computer Networks, Oxford University Press, 2011
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-181

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : IV

Course :

Microprocessor and Microcontroller

Code: MBIT04002

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Digital Logic Design


Objective: The course objective is to have a good understanding of 8086 architecture.
It stresses on the programming and interfacing aspect. It also aims at covering the
integrated approach of a microcontroller and the study of 8051.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to:
Understand the architecture of 8086 microprocessor and 8051
microcontroller.
Write programs in assembly language using 8086 and 8051 instruction set.
Understand concept of interrupts and various types of interrupts supported
by 8086 and 8051.
Interface various peripheral devices with 8086.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1

Description
Intel 8086/8088 microprocessor family
Features, Architecture and Programmers Model of 8086/8088
microprocessor family. Latches 8282, Clock Generator 8284 and
Transceivers 8286. 8086 family minimum and maximum mode
based minimum system. Timing diagram for 8086 family,
detailed study of maximum mode connection: study of 8288 bus
controller.

Duration
07

MPSTME-IT-182

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2

Programming of 8086
Addressing Modes, Study of 8086 Instruction set. Assembly
language programming. Assembler Directives, Passing
parameters to Procedure and Macros.

05

8086 interrupt structure.

05

Hardware, Software and Program Generated interrupts in 8086.


Response to interrupts. Interrupt Vector Table, Interrupt
Acknowledge machine cycle. 8259 PIC, its block diagram, priority
modes, EOI, and interfacing with 8086.
4

Programmable Interface and peripheral devices:

06

Programming and applications of 8455/8156, programmable I/O


ports and timer, 8255A programmable peripheral interface ,
8253/8254 programmable interval timer, 8257 direct memory
access controller, 8279
programmable keyboard/display
interface
5

Introduction to Multiprocessor systems & 8087 Math Coprocessor: Study of architecture of 8087 floating point coprocessor. Data types supported by 8087. Host and co- processor
interface, Assembly language Programming for 8086 - 8087 based
systems. Multiprocessor configurations:- Loosely coupled and
tightly coupled configurations. Study of concept of bus
arbitration. Design of 8086 based multiprocessor systems
(without timing considerations).

Hardware of 8051 Microcontrollers: Comparison of


microprocessor and microcontroller, architecture and pin
functions of 8051 single chip microcontroller, CPU timing and
machine cycles, internal memory organization, program counter
and stack, input/output ports, counters and timers serial data
input and output interrupts.

8051 Assembly Language Programming: Instruction set,


addressing modes, Immediate registers, direct and indirect date

06

05

05

MPSTME-IT-183

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
movement and exchange instructions, push and pop op codes,
arithmetic and logic instructions, bit level operations, jump and
call instructions, input/output port programming, programming
timers, asynchronous serial data communication, timer and
hardware interrupt service routines.
8

Microcontroller Design and Interfacing: External memory and


memory address decoding, memory napped L/O, time delay
subroutines, look up table implementation, interfacing matrix
key board and seven segment displays through scanning and
interrupt driven programs, interfacing analog to digital
and
digital to analog converters using handshake signals and
waveform generation interfacing with 8255 Input/Output the
parallel printer.
Total

06

45

Text Books:
1. John Uffenback, 8086 / 8088 Design, Programming and Interfacing, 3rd
Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2002
2. Kenneth Ayala, The 8051 Microcontrollers Architecture, Programming &
Applications, Penram International (India), 2006
Reference Books:
1. Douglas Hall, Microprocessors interfacing and programming, Tata
McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2006
2. Muhammad A Mazidi, The 8051 Micro-controller and Embedded Systems,
Pearson Education Asia, 2002
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-184

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : IV

Course :

Principles of Communication Engineering

Code: MBIT04003

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Basic Electrical Engineering, Basic Electronics , Engineering


Mathematics I, Engineering Mathematics II
Objectives:
This course provides introduction to the general principles of analog and digital
communication. Students will be able understand various modulation and
multiplexing techniques used in communication engineering.
Outcomes:
After successful completion of this course, students should be able to:
Describe components of a communication system
Understand the basic concepts of Analog and digital Modulation
Understand the techniques used for digital transmission
Understand various multiplexing techniques used in communication system
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. Introduction: Elements of a communication system, Modulation


and demodulation, Noise in communication systems, Signal to
Noise ratio, Noise factor and Noise Figure, Equivalent Noise
Temperature.

Duration
6

MPSTME-IT-185

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2.

Radio Wave Propagation: Electromagnetic waves, Properties of


radio waves, Propagation of waves, Propagation terms and
definitions.

3.

Analog Modulation: Principles of amplitude modulation, AM


envelope, frequency spectrum and bandwidth, modulation index
and percent modulation, AM Voltage distribution, AM power
distribution, Angle modulation - FM and PM waveforms, phase
deviation and modulation Index, frequency deviation and
percent modulation, Frequency analysis of angle modulated
waves. Bandwidth requirements for Angle modulated waves

4.

Digital Communication: Introduction, Shannon limit for


information capacity, digital amplitude modulation, frequency
shift keying, FSK bit rate and baud, FSK transmitter, BW
consideration of FSK, FSK receiver, phase shift keying binary
phase shift keying QPSK, Quadrature Amplitude modulation,
bandwidth efficiency, carrier recovery squaring loop, Costas
loop, DPSK.

5.

Digital Transmission: Introduction, Pulse modulation, PCM


PCM sampling, sampling rate, signal to quantization noise rate,
companding analog and digital percentage error, delta
modulation, adaptive delta modulation, differential pulse code
modulation, pulse transmission Intersymbol interference, eye
patterns.

6.

Multiplexing: Time Division Multiplexing, statistical Time


Division Multiplexing , Frequency Division Multiplexing,
Wavelength Division Multiplexing, Code division multiplexingprinciple and implementations

Total

45

Text Books:
1. Wayne Tomasi, Electronic Communication System: Fundamentals
through Advanced, 5th Ed., Pearson Education, 2008.
2. Simon Haykin, Micheal Moher, Introduction to Analog and Digital

MPSTME-IT-186

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Communications, 2nd Ed., Wiley India 2012
Reference Books:
1. H.Taub,D L Schilling ,G Saha ,Principles of Communication3/e,
TMH, 2007.
2. B.P.Lathi, Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems, 4th
Ed. ,Oxford University Press, 2011
3. R. Blake, Electronic Communication Systems, 1st Ed. , Cengage
India, 2012.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-187

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester IV
:

Course :

Operating Systems

Code: MBIT04004

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100
Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming-I, Computer Programming-II


Objectives:
Student will learn important resources and their management policies, algorithms
used by operating system. This fundamental will help them to study and design
modern operating systems in subsequent trimester and would work as a base to
understanding advances OS subjects like Distributed Systems, Embedded
Systems etc.
Understand problem solving through bankers algorithm, paging algorithms,
process & disk scheduling algorithms, File Allocation Methods, Free Space Disk
Management Algorithms.
Make the students understand the basics of IPC concepts like critical section,
starvation, semaphore, monitor, messages, deadlock through real life problems
like Sleeping Barber, Consumer & Producer, Readers & Writers, Dinning
Philosophers.
Outcomes: Students would be able to :
Apply knowledge of data structure to understand the working of processes,
file allocation & memory allocation algorithms.
Design, implement, conduct simulation experiments on process scheduling,
inter-process communication, page management, deadlock avoidance and
analyze and interpret efficiency of system by using different algorithms.
Design, implement and evaluate optimized use of the CPU & hardware
resources on the computer system by understanding working of different
algorithms for process, memory & file modules to meet desired need of overall
system performance.

MPSTME-IT-188

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Identify, formulate and provide effective IT solution for engineering problems
like managing & accessing different storage devices, physical & virtual
memory, file organization, process scheduling, address translation etc.
Provide the broad education necessary to understand the impact of process,
memory & file management solutions for Linux & windows operating
systems.
Use the algorithms for various modules of the OS necessary for designing &
developing OS with enhanced system performance.
Detailed Syllabus
Unit
1

Topics
Operating System Overview

Duration(H
rs)
04

Operating system objectives and functions, evolution of


operating system, characteristics of modern operating system,
basic concepts: Processes, files, system calls, shell, layered
structure v/s monolithic structure of OS, introduction to
distributed OS, RTOS, Mobile OS.
2

Process and Process Scheduling

08

Process description, Process control block, threads, thread


management, comparison between Processes and Threads,
process scheduling : Types, study and comparison of various
scheduling algorithms.
3

Process Concurrency
Principles of concurrency: mutual exclusion hardware
approaches, mutual exclusion software approaches,
semaphores, monitors, message passing, producer/consumer
Problem, reader/writer problem, Sleeping Barber Problem.
Deadlock and starvation: principles of deadlock, deadlock
prevention, deadlock avoidance, deadlock detection, An
integrated deadlock strategy, dining philosopher problem.

08

MPSTME-IT-189

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
4

Memory Management

06

Memory management requirements, memory partitioning,


virtual memory management, paging, segmentation,
segmented paging, design and implementation issues in
paging and segmentation, page replacement algorithms, page
fault handling, working set model.
5

I/O Management and Disc Scheduling

06

I/O devices, organization of the I/O function, operating


system design issues, I/O buffering, disk scheduling and disk
scheduling algorithms, RAID, Disk cache.
6

File Management

04

Overview, File organization, File directories, File sharing


record blocking, Secondary storage management. UNIX File
system.
7

Case Study

04

Overview of Windows Operating System: Process and thread


management, scheduling, concurrency control mechanisms,
memory management and I/O management.
8

Contemporary Issues related to Operating System

05

TOTAL

40

Text Books:
1. Achyut Godbole, Operating Systems, McGraw-Hill, 3rd Edition, 2010
2. William Stallings, Operating Systems, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin and Greg Gagne, Operating System
Concepts, 8th Edition, Wiley, 2009.
2. Ann McHoes, ,Understanding Operating Systems, 5th Edition, Course
Technology, 2007
3. Andrew Tannenbaum, Woodhull Albert, Operating Systems : Design and

MPSTME-IT-190

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Implementation, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2002R.

Term Work :
As per Department & Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-191

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : IV

Course :

Database Management Systems

Code: MBIT04005

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming I, Computer Programming - II


Objectives:
To understand the concept of storage of data and extraction of data for
various applications.
To enable the students to understand the basic concepts of DBMS and help
them to build coding skills in SQL.
Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students will be able to :
Understand the relational model of database design.
Write SQL queries for various database operations.
Understand and implement security in database.
Improve performance of database access using indexing and hashing.
Understand ACID properties of a transaction.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. Introduction: Introduction to Data Processing, Overview of Files


Systems, Drawbacks of File Systems, Purpose of Database System,
Concept of a Database, Database System Vs File Systems, View of
Data, Data Models, Database Languages, Database Users and
Administrator, Transaction Management, Database System
Structures.

Duration
4

MPSTME-IT-192

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2.

Relational Model: Basic Concepts, Constraints, Design Issues,


Keys, E-R Diagram, Weak Entity Sets, Extended E-R Features,
Design Features, Design of Database Schema, Reduction of an ER schema to Tables, Primary and Secondary Keys, Foreign Keys,
Structure of Relational Database, Relational Algebra and
Extended Relational-Algebra operations, Relational Calculus
Tuple Relational Calculus, Domain Relational Calculus,
Formation of Queries, Modification of the Database viewers.

10

3.

Structured Query Language (SQL): Background, Basic Structure,


Set Operations, Aggregate Functions, Null Values, Nested
Queries, Views, Complex Queries, Database Modification, DDL,
Embedded SQL, Stored Procedures and Functions, Dynamic SQL
Features.

4.

Integrity and Security: Domain Constrains, Referential Integrity,


Assertions, Triggers, Triggers and Assertions in SQL, Security
and Authorization in SQL.

5.

Relational-Database Design: Normalization, Decomposition,


First Normal Form to Fifth Normal Form, BCNF, Pitfalls in
Relational-Database Design, Functional Dependencies.

6.

Indexing and Hashing: Basic concepts, Ordered Indices dense,


Sparse Index, Multilevel Indices, Static Hashing, Dynamic
Hashing, Comparison of Indexing and Hashing, Indexing in SQL.

7.

Transactions: Basic Concept of Transaction, State of a


Transaction, Implementation of Atomicity and Durability,
Concurrent Executions, Serializability, Testing for Serializability,
Recoverability, Implementation of Isolation, Transaction in SQL.

8.

Case Study: Conceptual and database design for Library


Management System, Banking System, Inventory System.

Total

45

Text Books:
1. Hennery Korth, Abraham Silberschatz, Database System Concepts,

MPSTME-IT-193

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
6th Edition, Mc-Graw Hill, 2010
2. Elmarsi and Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Design, 6th
Edition, Pearson Education, 2010
Reference Books:
1. Peter Rob, Steven Morris and Carlos Coronel, Database Systems:
Design, Implementation and Management, Thomson Learning, 9th
Edition, 2009
2. C.J.Date, An Introduction to Database Systems, 8th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2006
3. R. Ramakrishnan, Database Management Systems, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 2003
Term Work:
As per department and Institute Norms for Term-work.

Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : V

Course :

Information Security

Code : MBIT05001

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Operating Systems, Computer Networks,


Objective: This course is an introduction to the field of Information Security. This
course presents a balance of the managerial and the technical aspects of the
discipline and addresses knowledge areas as specified in the CISSP (Certified
Information Systems Security Professional) certification. Students will learn about
the threats to information and ways to overcome it.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to

MPSTME-IT-194

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Explain basic security triad and threats to information security.
Understand NSTISSC security model and various security policies.
Explain various cryptographic techniques and their application to security.
Understand various program threats and their counter measures.
Understand basic authentication model and various approaches to
authentication
Understand the need, working mechanism and various configurations for
firewall and IDS.
Understand the need for physical and environmental security.
Explain risk management and BCP.
Describe general process of computer forensics, various sections of Indian IT
Act and modus operandi for various cyber crimes
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

1. Introduction: Basic Components of Computer security(CIA),


Characteristics of Information, vulnerabilities, threats , Attacks
and controls ,goals of security, NSTISSC security model, Security
System development life cycle, Computer criminals, Internet
Standards and RFC.

2.

Design Principles: Various Security attacks, method of defence,


Design Principles, Security policies, types of security policies

3.

Cryptography: Cryptography basics, transposition ciphers,


substitution ciphers, DES, Public key cryptography, streams and
block ciphers, Key Management, Digital Signature. PEM and
IPSec.
Program Security: Secure programs, Non malicious Program
Errors, Viruses and other malicious code, types of viruses, attack
mechanism of viruses, Targeted Malicious Code, Controls
Against Program Threats.

5.

Authentication: Authentication basics, Password, Challenge


response, SSO, Biometrics

6.

Access Control:, Access control principles, ACL, DAC, MAC, and


Role based Access Control, Access control models, Kerberos

4.

MPSTME-IT-195

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
7.

Firewall, Kinds of Firewalls, Filtering Services, DMZ,


Implementing policies (Default allow, Default Deny) on proxy,
IDS, types of IDS, Virtual Private Network

8.

Physical and Environmental Security: Introduction, Physical


security Threats and measures

9.

Risk Management and Business Continuity planning:

Risk analysis, various terminologies associated with risk


management, Risk assessment techniques, managing risk, steps
for risk management, Business impact analysis, various
terminologies associated with BIA, Different types of continuity
planning, testing and revising the plan
10.

Laws, investigations and Ethics:

Introduction, types of computer crimes, modus operandi,


computer forensics, ethical issues in computer security.
11.

Contemporary issues related to Information Security


Total

5
45

Text Books:
1. M. Whitman, H. Mattford, Principles of Information Security,4th Ed.
Cengage Learning,2012
2. M. Bishop, S.S. Venkatramanayya, Introduction to Computer Security,
Pearson Education, 2009
3. C. Pfleeger, S. Pfleeger, Security in Computing, 4th Ed. Pearson Education,
2009
Reference Books:
1. A. Kahate , Cryptography & Network Security, 2nd Ed., TMH, 2010
2. B. A. Forouzan, Debdeep Mukhopadhya,Cryptography & Network
Security, 2nd Ed., TMH , 2010
3. M. Merkow, J. Breithaupt, Information Security Principles and Practices,
Pearson Education, 2007
4. W. Stalling , Cryptography & Network Security Practice and Principles, 5 th

MPSTME-IT-196

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Ed., Pearson Education , 2011
5. Brijendra Singh, Network Security and Management, 3rd Ed. PHI, 2012
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : V

Course :

Digital Signal Processing

Code : MBIT05001

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Principles of Communication Engineering


Objective: Signal processing is one of fundamental theories and techniques to
construct modern information systems. In this course, students will study the
fundamentals of discrete-time signals and systems. The course content includes the
concept and the classification of discrete-time signal, representations of signals in
time, frequency, z- and discrete frequency domains, representations and analyses of
systems, and filter designs.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1

Description
Introduction: Signals, Systems, and Signal Processing,
Classification of Signals, The Concept of Frequency in
Continuous Time and Discrete Time Signals, Analog to
Digital and Digital to Analog Conversion
Discrete-Time Signals and Systems: Discrete Time Signals,
Discrete Time Systems, Analysis of Discrete Time Linear Time
Invariant Systems, Discrete Time Systems Described by

Duration

MPSTME-IT-197

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Difference Equations, Implementation of Discrete Time


Systems; Correlation of Discrete Time Signals
The Z- Transform and its Application to the Analysis of LTI
Systems: The z Transform; Properties of the Z-Transform;
Rational Z-Transforms; Inversion of the z Transform; The One
sided Z-Transform; Analysis of Linear Time-Invariant Systems in
the Z-Domain
The Discrete Fourier Transform: Its Properties and
Applications:
Frequency Domain Sampling: The Discrete Fourier Transform;
Properties of the DFT; Linear Filtering Methods Based on the
DFT; Frequency Analysis of Signals Using the DFT

Efficient Computation of the DFT: Fast Fourier Transform


Algorithms: Efficient Computation of the DFT: FFT Algorithms,
Applications of FFT Algorithms; Quantization Effects in the

Computation of the DFT


6

Implementation of the Discrete-Time Systems: Structures for


the Realization of Discrete Time Systems; Structures for FIR
Systems; Structures for IIR Systems
Design of Digital Filters: General Considerations; Design of FIR
Filters, Design of IIR Filters From Analog Filters, Frequency
Transformations
Total

10
45

Text Book:
1. John G. Proakis, Dimitris Manolakis, Digital Signal processing, 4th Edition,
Pearson Education, 2007
Reference Books:
1. S Salivahanan, Digital Signal Processing, 1st Edition, TMH, 2001.
2. Oppenhiem, R. Schafer, "Discrete Time Signal Processing", 2nd Edition,

MPSTME-IT-198

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Pearson Education, 2007.
3. J. R. Johnson, "Introduction to Digital Signal Processing", 1st Edition, PHI,
2011
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : V

Course :

Wireless Communication

Code : MBIT05003

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Principles of Communication Engineering, Computer Networks


Objectives:
This is an introductory course in wireless networking providing a comprehensive
treatment of wireless data and telecommunication networks. This course addresses
the fundamentals of wireless networking, including architectures, protocols, and
standards. It describes concepts, technology and applications of wireless
networking as used in current and next-generation wireless networks. It explains
the engineering aspects of network functions and designs.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Understand the architectures and elements of a wireless network
Understand the signalling schemes used in wireless networks
Understand the wireless protocols and standards
Analyze the operation and performance of wireless protocols

MPSTME-IT-199

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Understand various security issues related to wireless networks
Capture most recent development in 3G and 4G wireless systems
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

1. Introduction: A case for mobility many aspects, History of


mobile Communication, Overview of Wireless system Market
Areas of research, Transmission fundamental: frequencies, signal,
antennas(Gain and loss, antenna characteristics
propagation,

Multiplexing,

spread

spectrum,

05

, signal
Modulation,

Cellular System.
2.

Medium Access Control and Satellite System: Motivation for a


specialization MAC: Hidden & exposed terminal, Near & Far
Terminal SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, OFDM, Aloha,
Reservation schemes, collision avoidance, MACA, Polling,

06

CSMA, satellite communication basics, Geostationary satellites


(GEOS), Low-earth orbiting satellites (LEOS), Medium-earth
orbiting satellites (MEOS), Capacity allocation.
3.

Telecommunication Systems: GSM Mobile services, system


architecture, Radio interface, Protocols, Localization and calling,
Handover,

Security,

New

data

services;

DECT:

System

06

architecture, Protocol Architecture, TETRA UMTS and IMT-2000:


UMTS Basic architecture, UTRA FDD Mode, UTR TDD mode.
4.

Wireless LAN & Bluetooth: Infrared vs. Radio transmission,


infrastructure and AD hoc Network, IEEE 802.11: System
architecture, Protocol architecture, Physical Layer, Medium
access control sublayer, information bases and networking,

08

MPSTME-IT-200

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Bluetooth

User

scenarios,

physical

layer,

MAC

layer,

Networking. Security, Link management, Frequency Hopping in


Bluetooth, Physical Links between Master and Slave, Bluetooth
Packet Fields, Types of Access Codes.
5.

Mobile Network & Transport Layers: Mobile IP, goals


assumption and requirement, Entities and terminology , IP
packet delivery, agent advertisement and discovery, Registration,
tunnelling

and

tunnelling,

IPv6;

encapsulation
Dynamic

host

Optimizations,

Reverse

configuration

protocol,

Traditional TCP: Congestion control, slow start, fast Retransmit/

06

fast recovery, implications on mobility; indirect TCP, snooping


TCP, Mobile TCP, fast retransmit/ fast recover, Transmission/
time-out freezing, selective Retransmission, Transaction oriented
TCP.
6.

Ad hoc network: Issues in ad hoc wireless networks, issues in


designing a routing protocol for ad hoc networks, destination
Sequence distance vector, Dynamic source routing , hierarchical

05

state routing protocol, power aware routing protocol


7.

Security Issues in Wireless Systems: The Need for Wireless


Network Security, Attacks on Wireless Networks, Security
Services, Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) Protocol, Weaknesses

04

in the WEP Scheme, introduction WPA and WPA2.


8.

Contemporary issues related to wireless networks.


Total

Text Books:

05
45

MPSTME-IT-201

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education,
2008
Reference Books:
1. Dharma Prakash Agarwal and Quing An Zeng, Introduction to Wireless
and mobile systems, 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012
2. T. S. Rappaport, Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice, 2nd
Ed., Pearson, 2010
3. P. Ncopolitidis, M S Obaidat, Wireless Networks, Wiley, 2009
4. C.Siva Ram Murthy and B.S.Manoj, Adhoc Wireless Networks Architectures
and Protocols, Peasrson Education, 2011
5. Sunilkumar S. Manvi, Mahabaleshwar S. Kakkasageri, Wireless And Mobile
Networks: Concepts And Protocols, Wiley India, 2010
6. Kaveh Pahlavan and Prashant Krishnamurty, Principles of Wireless
Networks, PHI, 2002
7. Gottapu Sasibhushana Rao, Mobile Cellular Communication, 1st Ed.,
Pearson Education, 2012
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-202

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : V

Course :

Service Oriented Architecture

Code : MBIT05004

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming-II, Core Java, Web Programming.


Objectives:
To provide a thorough introduction to "Service Oriented Architecture" (SOA),
which refers to a design pattern made up of components and interconnections
that stress interoperability and location transparency.
It covers both the design of SOA systems as well as practical hands-on
programming of a distributed Web Service based system and how it is
succeeding, traditional distributed architecture on a global scale.
Making students understand as to why SOA is the next phase in the evolution of
business automation and how past technical disparities of client-server
environment, distributed solutions are blanketed by layers of abstraction of
global accepted standard for representing logic and information.
Service-orientation establishes a universal model in which automation logic and
business logic conform, the model equally to a task, a solution, an enterprise, a
community and resources are cleanly partitioned and consistently represented.
Outcomes: Students would be able to :
1. Apply knowledge of Client-Server and distributed architectures, RPC Protocol.
2. Design and conduct experiments on Web Services by embedding distributed
components, using Java APIs & REST technology.
3. Design, implement, and evaluate SOA infrastructure by implementing through
Web Services (services can represent either new applications or just wrappers
around existing legacy systems to make them network-enabled) making
functional building-blocks accessible over standard Internet protocols

MPSTME-IT-203

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
independent of platforms and programming languages to meet given business
scenarios.
4. Identify, formulate and provide effective IT solution for all elements of SOA
infrastructure like include all elements supporting service security, service
metadata, messaging foundations, SOA QoS Layers and runtime governance
metrics.
5. Understand the impact of SOA solutions in businesses to respond quickly &
cost-effectively to changing market conditions by promoting reuse of existing
legacy assets into globally available services on various distributed platforms.
6. Recognize the need for and an ability to engage in continuing professional
development by understanding the procedure of how to move from monolithic
applications to a matrix of loosely coupled Web services that enable the
composition and re-composition of business processes.
7. Able to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools like Java
Platform/ Dot Net/ Apache Axis necessary for developing effective Web
Application solutions.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

SOA Fundamentals :
Defining SOA, Business Value of SOA, Evolution of SOA, SOA
characteristics, concept of a service in SOA, misperceptions about
SOA, Basic SOA architecture, infrastructure services, Enterprise
Service Bus (ESB), SOA Enterprise Software models. Web
Services and Primitive SOA, SOA Platforms.

SOA and WS:

WS framework, Services, Descriptions, Messaging, Coordination,


Orchestration, and Choreography, Advanced Messaging,
Metadata, and Security.
3

SOA and Service Orientation:

Principles of Service Orientation, Service Layer.


4

SOA Planning and Analysis:

10

MPSTME-IT-204

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
SOA delivery lifecycle phases, SOA Delivery Strategies, serviceoriented analysis, Determining non-functional requirements (e.g.,
technical constraints, business constraints, runtime qualities, and
non-runtime qualities), benefits of business-centric SOA, Service
modelling, basic modelling blocks.
5

SOA Design and Implementation:


Introduction, XML schema, WSDL language basic, SOAP
language basic, Steps to composing SOA, UDDI, WS-Policy, WSAddressing, WS-BPEL language basic, Design overview, process
description, application service design, service design guidelines,
WS-Security.

10

Managing SOA Environment:


Distributing service management and monitoring concepts,
operational management challenges, Service-level agreement
considerations, SOA governance.

Contemporary Issues related to SOA


5
Total
45
Text Books:
1. Thomas Erl, Service-Oriented Architecture: Concepts, Technology, and
Design, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Norbert Bieberstein, Sanjay Bose, Marc Fiammante, Keith Jones, Rawn Shah,
Service-Oriented Architecture Compass: Business Value, Planning, and
Enterprise Roadmap, IBM Press Publication, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. Eric Newcomer, Greg Lomow, Understanding SOA with Web Services,
Pearson Education, 2005.
2. B.M. Harwani, Practical Web Services for Beginners, Shroff Publications, 2009.
3. Sanjiva Weerawarana, Francisco Curbera, Frank Leymann, Tony Storey, Donald
F.Ferguson, Web Services Platform Architecture: SOAP, WSDL, WS-Policy, WSAddressing, WS-BPEL, WS-Reliable Messaging, and More, Prentice Hall
Publication, 2005.
4. Thomas Erl, SOA Principles of Service Design, 1/e, Pearson Education, 2008.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-205

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : V

Course :

Research Methodology

Code : MBIT05005

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: NIL
Objectives:
To make students read and understand the different approaches that lead to
research
To enable students to review existing literature using digital libraries and
white papers from Internet
To identify the various metrics for comparing different approaches/
technologies
To propose possible directions for development based on above analysis
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Produce a review report related to the research conducted
Identify and use print and electronic library resources effectively and
appropriately
Adhere to ethical guidelines for writing reports and collecting information
Create a research proposal based on the review findings

MPSTME-IT-206

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Contents:
Concepts: Problem statement, classification of research, etc.
Process: Literature search and review, referencing and plagiarism, work plan,
authorship skills, etc.
Writing a review report
Drafting a research proposal

Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-207

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : VI

Course :

Computer Simulation and Modeling

Code : MBIT06001

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

3.5

Pre-requisite: Engineering Mathematics II , Advanced Maths


Objective:
The objective of this course is to teach students methods for modeling of systems
using discrete event simulation.
Emphasis of the course will be on modeling and on the use of simulation software.
The students are expected to understand the importance of simulation in IT sector,
manufacturing, telecommunication, and service industries etc.
Outcomes:
Students should be able to explain introduction about computer simulation and
modelling
Students should be able to use manual simulation and simulation software
Students should be able to understand Discrete Event Formalisms
Students should be able to use different software
Students should be able explain Statistical and Queuing Models in Simulation
Students will be able to formulate simulation model for a given problem,
implement the model in software and perform simulation analysis of the
system.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. Introduction

Duration
to

Simulation

and

Modeling:

Simulation:

appropriate and not appropriate, advantages and disadvantage,


application areas. System and System environment, Components

MPSTME-IT-208

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
of system, Type of systems, Model of a system, Type of models,
Steps in simulation study.
2.

Manual Simulation of Systems: Simulation of Queuing Systems


such as single channel and multi channel, lead time demand,

Inventory system, reliability problem, Random normal numbers.


3.

Discrete

Event

Formalisms:

Concepts

of

discrete

even

simulation, model components, and a discrete event system


simulation. World views or formalisms, simulation of single

channel queue, multi channel queue, inventory system and dump


truck problem using event scheduling approach.
4.

Simulation Software: History of simulation software, An


evaluation and selection technique for simulation software,
General purpose simulation packages, Trends in simulation

software.
5.

Statistical and Queuing Models in Simulation: Overview of


probability and statistics, Useful statistical model, Discrete
distribution, Continuous distribution, Poisson process, Empirical
distribution.

Characteristics of Queuing systems, Queuing notations, Long run


measures of performance of Queuing Systems, Steady state
behaviour of Markovian models, Network of Queues.
6.

Random Number Generation: Properties of random numbers,


Generation of truly pseudo random numbers, Techniques for
generating random numbers, Hypothesis testing, Tests for

MPSTME-IT-209

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
uniformity and independence.
7.

Random

Variate

Generation:

Random

variate,

Different

techniques to generate random variate Inverse transform


technique: algorithm, graphical view, and method for discrete

and continuous distribution, Direct transformation technique,


Convolution method, and Acceptance rejection techniques.
8

Input Modeling: Development steps of a useful model of input


data, Data Collection, Identifying the distribution with Data,
Parameter estimation, Suggested estimators Goodness of fit tests,

Selection input model without data, Covariance and correlation,


Multivariate and Time series input models.
Verification and validation of Simulation Model: Model
building, Verification of simulation models, Calibration and
9

validation of models: validation process, face validity, validation

of model, validating input-output transformation, t-test, power of


test, Input output validation using historical data and Turing test.
Total

30

Text Book:
1. Banks, J., Carson, J. S., Nelson, B. L., and Nicol, D. M., Discrete Event
System Simulation, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. Geoffrey Gordon, System Simulation, 2nd edition, PHI, 2011.
2. Narsing Deo, System Simulation with Digital Computer, PHI, 2004
3. Law, A. M., and Kelton, W. D., Simulation Modeling and Analysis, 4th
Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2007.

MPSTME-IT-210

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
4. Trivedi, K. S., Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing, and
Computer Science Applications, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2001.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-211

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : VI

Course :

Object Oriented Modeling and Design

Code : MBIT06002

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: SSAD, Computer Programming-II


Objectives:
The main objective of the course is to gain enough competence in objectoriented analysis and design (OOAD) to tackle a complete OO project.
It also gives the thought to acquire a common language for talking about
requirements, designs, and component interfaces.
Addresses the main principles of good OO design, what major tasks are
appropriate to developing OO models and software, the issues and options in
reuse and component based development.

Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
To gain enough competence in object oriented analysis and design (OOAD) to
tackle a complete OO project.
It gives the thought to acquire a common language for talking about
requirements designs and component interfaces.
Addresses the main principles of good OO design and what major tasks are
appropriate to developing OO models and software, the issues and options in
reuse and component based development.
Detailed Syllabus:

MPSTME-IT-212

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Unit

Description

Duration

1. Introduction: Object oriented approach, Object oriented themes,

and Object oriented methodologies, Overview of OOL, Object


classes; Meta Types, Object Oriented Methodologies, the Uniform
Approach Modeling; Need of Modeling, Static and Dynamic
Models, Functional Models.
2.

Object Modeling: Modeling concepts, Modeling techniques,

Objects and classes, Links and association, multiplicity,


Advanced link and association concepts, Generalization and
inheritance, Grouping constructs, Aggregation, Abstract classes,
Generalization as an extension and restriction, Multiple
inheritance, Metadata, Candidate key, Constraints,
Homomorphism, problems on object modeling and Advanced
Object Modeling, Advantages of Object Modeling.
3.

Analysis: Problem Analysis, Problem Domain Classes, Identity


classes, Object of Real World Problems using use case analysis
and Recording Analysis.

4.

Dynamic Modeling: Events, Modeling scenarios, Mapping

Events to Object, Interface, Discovering attributes scenarios and


event trace diagrams, Modeling simple collaboration, Modeling
Logical Database schema, Activity Diagram, Modeling workflow,
Advanced Dynamic Modeling concepts, Relation of object and
dynamic models.
5.

Class and State Diagram: Test scenarios, Interfaces, classes,


Methods, Stress Testing, System Testing, Scalability Testing, and
Regression Testing.

Behavioural Modelling, State Chart

MPSTME-IT-213

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
diagrams, operations, Nested state diagrams, concurrency.
6.

Functional Modeling: Functional models, Data Flow Diagrams,

Specifying Operations, Relation of functional to object and


dynamic models, Problems on functional modeling.
7.

Design: Architectural Design, Refining the Model, Refactoring,

Coupling and cohesion. Who should own the attribute and the
operations? Process and Threads, Classes visibility, user
interface, Subsystem interfaces.
8.

Deployment Diagram: Modeling source codes, Physical

Database, Modeling in AC/S system, Distributed system and


Embedded systems
9.

Case Study: Designing a static and dynamic model using

diagrams for Banking System, Student Information System,


Examination System, Air Ticket Reservation System, Inventory
System etc.
Total

45

Text Books:
1. James Rumbaugh, Object Oriented Modeling and Design with UML, 2nd
Edition, Pearson Education, 2011.
2. Grady Booch, Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications, 3rd
Edition, Pearson Education, 2009.

Reference Books:

MPSTME-IT-214

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Brock Wirfs Rebecca, Wilkerson Brain,

Designing Object Oriented

Software, 2nd Edition, PHI, 2007.

Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-215

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech)(Information Technology)

Semester : VI

Course :

Implementation of Technology

Code: MBIT06003

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: NIL
Objectives:
To study latest tools, methods and technologies as per best industry
practices.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to:
Understand the different components needed to implement.
Analyse the data and interpret the results to understand the requirements.
Select the appropriate methods and tools.
Design and implement the planned modules.
Content :
Define Problem statement
Study the basic tools needed to solve the problem in hand
Hands on exercises to understand the tools usage and accuracy
Complete the exercises and find the solution to the problem in hand
Provide the solution and Implement it using the tool studied above
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-216

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Course :

Distributed Computing

Semester : VI
Code : MBIT06004

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical Tutorial

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Operating Systems, Computer Networks


Objectives:
To enable the students to understand need of Distributed Systems and the
architecture required for building such systems.
To help them design a distributed system by understanding the various
aspects of design such as communication, Synchronization, consistency,
replication.
To enable the students understand the role of security in Distributed Systems
Outcomes:
The students will learn the architecture of distributed Systems.
They will be learn to develop code required for communication between
different parts of distributed systems.
They will learn various consistency models and protocols used to implement
consistency models in a distributed system.
They will learn the concept of code migration and the issues involved in the
process of code migration.
They will learn how synchronization is achieved between different processes
in a distributed system.
They will learn the different security considerations important for distributed
systems.
They will also learn how distributed file system works.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

MPSTME-IT-217

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Introduction to Distributed System: Definition, goals, Examples

of Distributed system: Internet, Distributed Computing System,


Distributed information system.
2.

Architecture of Distributed System: System architecture :


centralized

architecture,

decentralized

architecture,

hybrid

architecture, architecture versus middleware,


3.

Processes: Threads, virtualization, clients, servers, code migration

4.

Communication in Distributed System: Fundamental, remote

procedure call, message oriented communication, stream oriented


communication, multicast communication, Java RMI case study.
5.

Naming: Names, identifiers, and addresses, flat naming, structure

naming, attributed-based naming


6.

Synchronization: Clock synchronization, logical clocks, mutual

exclusion, global positioning of nodes, election algorithm.


7.

Consistency

and

replication:

Introduction,

data

centric

consistency model, client-centric consistency models, replica


management, fault tolerance services.
8.

Security: Secure channels, access control, security management

9.

Distributed file system: File service architecture, sun network

file system, recent advances


10.

Case study: Distributed Object-based system, distributed web-

based system.
Total

45

MPSTME-IT-218

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Text Book:
1. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Distributed System: Principles and
Paradigms, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007
Reference Book:
1. George Couloris, Distributed System: Concept and Design, 3rd
Edition, Pearson Education, 2005
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-219

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Course :

Data Warehousing and Mining (Elective I)


Teaching Scheme

Practical Tutorial

Code : MBIT07001

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Semester : VII

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Programming-I, Database Management Systems, Data


Structures and Algorithms
Objectives:
To enable the students to understand the need for Warehouse, and how
different it is from an operational system using DBMS.
To help them design data warehouse using dimension modeling.
To enable the students understand the role of data mining in today's
perspective.
To help students understand the different data mining techniques.
Outcomes:
The students will learn the difference between databases designed for
operational systems and data warehouse.
They will be able to design a data warehouse using dimensional modeling
concepts. The outcome will be achieved by enabling the students to design
dimension and fact tables.
The students will also learn Data Mining Techniques. The outcome will be
achieved by enabling students to implement some of the Data Mining
Algorithms.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. Introduction: Need for Data warehousing, basic elements of DW


and trends in DW, Project planning and management, collecting
the requirements.

Duration
3

MPSTME-IT-220

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Architecture and Infrastructure & Data Representation:
Architectural components, infrastructure and metadata,
Principles of dimensional modeling, dimensional modeling
advance topics, data extraction, transformation and loading, data
quality
Information access and delivery: Matching information to classes
of users, OLAP in data warehousing, data warehousing and the
web, Physical design process, data warehouse deployment,
growth and maintenance.
Introduction to Data Mining: Basics of data mining, related
concepts, data mining techniques, Classification, clustering,
association rules, KDD Process.
Classification: Issues in Classification, Statistical Based, DistanceBased, Decision-Based, Neural Network-Based and Rule Based
Algorithms
Clustering and Association Rules: Hierarchical and Partitional
Algorithms. Clustering Large Databases, Basic Association Rule
Algorithms
Advanced Topics: Introduction to Web Mining, Spatial Mining
and Temporal Mining
Application and trends in data mining: Applications, systems
products and research prototypes, additional themes in data
mining, trends in data mining
Total

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.
8.

4
2

45

Text Books:
1. Margaret Dunham, "Data mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics", 1st
Edition, Pearson Education, 2008
2. Paulraj Ponnian, Data warehousing Fundamentals: A Comprehensive Guide
for IT Professionals, John Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2006
Reference Books:
Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, "Data Mining Concepts and Techniques",
2nd Edition, Morgan Kauffmann, 2006
2. Berson Smith, Data Warehousing, Data Mining, and OLAP, 1st Edition, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill, 2004
1.

Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-221

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Course :

Software Quality Assurance (Elective I)


Teaching Scheme

Practical Tutorial

Code : MBIT07002
Evaluation Scheme

Theory
Lecture

Semester : VII

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Structured System Analysis and Design


Objectives: This course introduces concepts, metrics, and models in software quality
assurance. The course covers components of software quality assurance systems
before, during, and after software development. The course will include case studies
and hands on experiences. Students will develop an understanding of software
quality and approaches to assure software quality.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1

Description

Duration

Introduction: Software quality challenge, software errors, faults


and failures, causes of software errors, software quality and 03
software quality assurance definition
Software quality factors: Need for software quality requirements,
classification of software requirements into software quality
factors, product operation, revision and transition software 06
quality factors, alternative models of software quality factors,
software compliance with quality factor.
Components of SQA: SQA system architecture, pre project
software quality components, software project lifecycle
components, infrastructure components for error prevention and
07
improvement, Management SQA components, SQA standards,
system certification and assessment components, human
component

MPSTME-IT-222

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Defect
removal
effectiveness:
Software
development
methodologies, factors affecting QA activities in development
4
process, Verification, validation and qualification, model for SQA
defect removal effectiveness and cost, reviews
Software testing: Definition and objectives, testing process,
strategies, software test classification, black box and white box,
5
test case design, automated testing, Alpha and Beta site testing
programs
Maintenance and external participants: Pre maintenance software
quality components, Maintenance software quality assurance
6
tools, types of external participants, risks and benefits, assuring
quality of external participants, SQA tools for assuring quality of
external participants contribution
Standards: Scope of quality management standards, ISO 9001,
7
ISO 9000-3, CMM and CMMI, Boot strap methodology, ISO/IEC
15504 model, IEEE STD 12207, IEEE STD 1012, IEEE STD 1028
Software quality metrics: Objective and classification of software
8
quality metrics, process metrics and product metrics,
implementation and limitation of software quality metrics.
Total
Text Book:

07

07

07

04

04
45

1. Daniel Galin, Software Quality Assurance: From Theory to Implementation,


Pearson Education, 2004
Reference Books:
1. Gordon Schulmeyer, "Handbook of Software Quality Assurance, 4 Ed.Artech
House, 2008
2. Milind Limaye, Software quality assurance , TMH, 2011
3. Raghav S., Making sense of software quality assurance, TMH, 2007
4. Darrel Ince, An introduction to software quality assurance and its
implementation TMH, 1995
5. Nina Godbole, Software Quality Assurance: Principles and Practice, Narosa
Publishing House, 2004
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-223

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Course :

Artificial Intelligence (Elective II)


Teaching Scheme

Semester : VII
Code : MBIT07003
Evaluation Scheme

Theory
Lecture

Practical Tutorial

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: CP-I, CP-II, Data Structures and Algorithms


Objectives: The aim of the course is to impart knowledge of the current theories,
methods and techniques in the field of Artificial Intelligence like heuristic search
techniques, knowledge technology, gaming, learning techniques etc.
To analyze, design and develop AI-systems.
To formulate scientific questions and is able to solve problems with the aid of
abstraction and modeling.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

2.

Description

Duration

1. Introduction to Artificial Intelligence: Definition, the AI problems,


physical symbol system, physical symbol system hypothesis,
Intelligent agents: agents and environment, agent types, desirable
properties of knowledge, AI techniques, different AI techniques.

Problems, problem spaces and search: Need of a system to solve a


problem, problem as a state space search, requirement of a formal
description of a problem, production system, control strategy & its
requirement, breadth first search & depth first search.

MPSTME-IT-224

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
3.

Heuristic search technique: Heuristic technique, problems of


heuristic technique with real world, different weak methods such as
generate and test, hill climbing, simple hill climbing and steepest
ascent hill climbing, problem with hill climbing such as local
maxima, plateau, ridge, simulated annealing, best first search, OR
graphs, A* algorithm, agenda driven search, AND-OR Graphs, AO*
algorithm.

4.

Knowledge Representation logic and rules: Predicate logic: facts,


representation of fact, mapping between facts and representation,
properties and issues of knowledge representation system,
prepositional logic & predicate logic, Instance relationship, Isa, gt &
lt predicate, resolution, conversion to clause form: necessity
Herbrands theorem, resolution in proportional logic, unification
algorithm, resolution in predicate logic, different strategies to speed
up resolution procedure, question answering, natural deduction.

Rules: procedural versus declarative knowledge, forward versus


backward reasoning, forward & backward chaining rule system,
combining backward reasoning, matching: indexing, matching with
variable, complex & appropriate matching conflict resolution,
control knowledge.
5.

Weak Slot & filler structure: usefulness of slot & filler structure,
semantic net, intersection search, representing non binary predicates
by semantic net, partitioned semantic net, frames, frames as sets &
instance, different ways of relating classes, slots as full-fledged
objects, slots values as object, inheritance revisited.

6.

Game playing: Domain of a game, different ways to improve search


strategies, plausible move generate, static evaluation function,
different static evaluation functions, minimax search procedure,
adding alpha-beta cutoff, search efficiency of alpha-beta procedure,
futility cutoff, additional refinements such as waiting for quiescence,
secondary search, using book move, iterative deepening, advantage
of depth first iterative deepening.

MPSTME-IT-225

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
7.

Learning: General concept about learning, different learning


techniques such as rote learning, learning by taking advice, learning
in the problems solving, learning with macro-operators, learning by
chunking, utilities problem, learning from examples, winstons
learning program, version spaces, candidate elimination algorithm,
decision tree, explanation based learning.

8.

Expert system: Definition, model, characteristic, architecture,


development process, limitations, criteria for knowledge
representation, knowledge representation schemes, classification
model, general rules used in classification model, black board
model, explanation facilities, causal model, explanation focus on
status, classification, rationalization, its limitations, knowledge
acquisition, different techniques, expert system tools like language,
shells, narrow ES tools, LISP machine, large hybrid ES tools, PC
based expert system, knowledge acquisition tools.

Total

45

Text Books:
1. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Artificial Intelligence, 2nd Edition, Tata Mc-Graw Hill,
1999.
2. Stuart Russel and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach,
Pearson Education, 2010
Reference Books:
1. Patric H. Winston, Artificial Intelligence, 2nd Edition, Addison Wesley, 1981.
2. Nils J. Nilson, Principles of Artificial Intelligence, Narosa Publication, 1997.
3. Robert J. Schalkolf, Artificial Inteilligence: An Engineering Approach, Mc-Graw
Hill, 1990.
4. David W. Rolston, Principles of Artificial Intelligence and Expert System
Development, Mc-Graw Hill, 1988.
5. Dan W. Patterson, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert System, PHI,
2001.
6. Giarratano and Riley, Expert System Principles and Programming, 3rd Edition,
PWS publishing company, 1998.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-226

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : VII

Course :

Information Storage and Management

Code : MBIT07004

Elective II
Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Operating Systems, Computer Networks


Objectives:
This course is an introduction to the field of Information Storage and
management.
This course provides detailed knowledge, practical training, and insight into
the implementation and management of various storage technologies with a
focus towards applying these technologies in an information lifecycle
paradigm.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students will be able to
Describe and apply storage technologies
Identify leading storage technologies that provide cost-effective IT solutions
for medium to large scale businesses and data centres
Describe important storage technologies features such as availability,
replication, scalability and performance
Work in project teams to install, administer and upgrade popular storage
solutions
Identify and install current storage virtualization technologies
Manage virtual servers and storage between remote locations
Design, analyze and manage clusters of resources
Analyze and differentiate between IT industry-specific certifications

MPSTME-IT-227

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

1. Introduction to Storage Technology: Data proliferation and the


varying value of data with time & usage, Sources of data and
states of data creation, Data centre requirements and evolution to
accommodate storage needs, Overview of basic storage
management skills and activities, The five pillars of technology,
Overview of storage infrastructure components, Evolution of
storage, Information Lifecycle Management concept, Data
categorization within an enterprise, Storage and Regulations

2.

Storage Systems Architecture: Intelligent disk subsystems


overview, Contrast of integrated vs. modular arrays, Component
architecture of intelligent disk subsystems, Disk physical
structure- components, properties, performance, and
specifications, Logical partitioning of disks, RAID & parity
algorithms, hot sparing, Physical vs. logical disk organization,
protection, and back end management, Array caching properties
and algorithms, Front end connectivity and queuing properties,
Front end to host storage provisioning, mapping, and operation,
Interaction of file systems with storage, Storage system
connectivity protocols

3.

Introduction to Networked Storage : JBOD, DAS, SAN, NAS, &


CAS evolution, Direct Attached Storage (DAS) environments:
elements, connectivity, & management, Storage Area Networks
(SAN): elements & connectivity, Fibre Channel principales,
standards, & network management principales, SAN
management principles, Network Attached Storage (NAS):
elements, connectivity options, connectivity protocols (NFS,
CIFS, ftp), & management principles, IP SAN elements, standards
(iSCSI, FCIP, iFCP), connectivity principles, security, and
management principles, Content Addressable Storage (CAS):
elements, connectivity options, standards, and management
principles, Hybrid Storage solutions overview including

MPSTME-IT-228

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
technologies like virtualization & appliances.
4.

Introduction to Information Availability: Business Continuity


and Disaster Recovery Basics, Local business continuity
techniques, Remote business continuity techniques, Disaster
Recovery principles & techniques

5.

Managing & Monitoring: Management philosophies (holistic vs.


system & component), Industry management standards (SNMP,
SMI-S, CIM), Standard framework applications, Key
management metrics (thresholds, availability, capacity, security,
performance), Metric analysis methodologies & trend analysis,
Reactive and pro-active management best practices, Provisioning
& configuration change planning, Problem reporting,
prioritization, and handling techniques, Management tools
overview

6.

Security & Virtualization: Storage Security (Importance of


Information security, elements and attributes of security),
Developing a storage security model (Restricting Access Path,
Vulnerability Management, Understanding Vulnerabilities),
Securing Data Storage (Storage Security domains, Risk
assessment Methodology, Security elements, threats against
applications, Controlling user access to data, threats again
backup , recovery and archive)

Virtualization (Define virtualization, types of virtualization),


Storage Virtualization (Storage functionality, Virtual storage,
Comparison of virtualization architectures, challenges of storage
virtualization), Block level virtualization, File level virtualization
Total
Text Book:
1. EMC, Information Storage and Management, Wiley India, 2009.Robert
Spalding, Storage Networks: The Complete Reference, 1st Edition, Tata
Mcgraw Hill, 2003.
Reference Book:

45

MPSTME-IT-229

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Marc Farley, Building Storage Networks, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2001.
2. EMC, Information Storage and Management: Storing, Managing and Protecting
Digital Information in Classic, Virtualized and Cloud Environment, 2nd
Edition, Wiley India, 2012.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-230

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : VII

Course :

Multimedia Systems: Elective -II

Code: MBIT07005

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Operating systems, Distributed Computing


Objective: This course deals with integration of multiple media on computers. Learn
the issues involved in capturing , compressing, processing, manipulating, searching,
indexing, storing, and retrieving various kinds of continuous media in text section
Outcomes: Students will be able to :
Understand the need for audio and video data compression
Learn different file format standards
Understand various multimedia technologies
Learn authorization, hypermedia, linking, storage and retrieval of media
applications
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

Introduction: Multimedia Applications, Multimedia systems


architecture, Evolving Technologies for Multimedia systems,
1

Defining objects for multimedia systems, Multimedia data

Interface standards
Compression and Decompression: Types of Compression,
2

Binary Image Compression schemes, Color, Gray Scale, And stillvideo Image compression, Video image compression, Audio

MPSTME-IT-231

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
compression, Fractal compression
3

Data and file format standards: RTF,TIFF,RIFF,MIDI,JPEG DIB,


AVI Indeo, MPEG

Multimedia I/O Technologies: Key technology Issues, Pen input,


Video and Image Display Systems, Print output Technologies,
4

image scanners, Digital voice and audio, Digital Camera, Video

Images and animation, Full Motion video


Storage

and

Retrieval

Technologies:

Magnetic

media

Technology, Optical media, Hierarchical Storage Management,


5

Cache Management for Storage systems


Architectural
Specialized

and

Telecommunications

computational

processors,

Considerations:

Memory

systems,

Multimedia Board solutions, Lan/Wan connectivity, Distributed

object models
Multimedia Application Design: Multimedia application classes,
Types
7

of

Multimedia

systems,

Virtual

Reality

design,

components of Multimedia systems, Organising Multimedia

databases, Application workflow design issues, distributed


application design issues
Multimedia
8

authoring

Authoring
systems,

and

user

Hypermedia

interface:

Multimedia

Application

Design

considerations, user interface design, information access, Object

display/playback issues
9

Hypermedia

Messaging:

Mobile

Messaging,

Hypermedia

MPSTME-IT-232

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Message components, Hypermedia linking and embedding,
creating hypermedia messages, integrated multimedia message
standards, integrated document management
Distributed Multimedia systems and design: Components of a
Distributed
10

Multimedia

system,

distributed

client-server

operation, fundamental design issues, determining enterprise

requirements, performance analysis, Business information model


for IFC
Total

45

Text Books:
1. Prabhat K. Andheigh, Kiran Thakrar,Multimedia Systems Design, 1st
Edition, PHI, 2009
Reference Books:
1. Free Halshall, Multimedia communications, Pearson education, 2010
2. J.D.Gibson, Multimedia Communications : Directions and Innovations,

Academic Press, Hardcourt India, 2007


3. K.R.Rao , D.Milovanovic,Multimedia communications systems :

Techniques, standards, and networks, Pearson Education, 2002


4. Ralf Steinmetz, Klara Nahrstedt, Multimedia: Computing, Communications

& Applications, 1st Edition, Pearson Education, 2002


Term Work :
As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-233

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Course :

Mobile Computing (Elective II)

Semester : VII
Code : MBIT07006

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical Tutorial

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: CP-I, CP-II, Data Structures and Algorithms


Objectives: Mobile Computing has revolutionized the way in which we work, conncet
and communicate to the world. This course comprehensively covers the various aspects
of computing in mobile environment
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description
Introduction: Introduction to mobile computing, application

Duration
04

examples, mobile computing architecture, mobile devices


Logical Mobility: Process migration, steps in process migration,
advantages and application of process migration, alternatives to

process migration, mobile agents, characteristics of mobile agents,


requirements for mobile agent systems, Mobile agent Platform
(Aglets object and event model, aglet communication )

08

MPSTME-IT-234

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Physical Mobility: Mobile IP, goals assumption and requirement,
Entities and terminology , IP packet delivery, agent advertisement
and

discovery,

Registration,

tunneling

and

encapsulation

Optimizations, Reverse tunneling, IPv6; Dynamic host configuration


3

protocol, Traditional TCP: Congestion control, slow start, fast


Retransmit/ fast recovery, implications on mobility; indirect TCP,

10

snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, fast retransmit/ fast recover,


Transmission/

time-out

freezing,

selective

Retransmission,

Transaction oriented TCP,TCP over 2.5/3G wireless networks,


Performance enhancing proxies.
4

Mobile databases: Design Issues, Problems in mobile databases,


CODA filesystem case study

Mobile Internet and Wireless web: WAP programming model,


WAP protocol stack, WAP 2.0, XHTML- MP

04

06

Mobile Ad-hoc Networks: MANET characteristics, classification of


6

MANETs, Routing in MANETs, DSDV, DSR, AODV, Zone routing


protocol, hierarchical State routing protocol, power aware routing

08

metrics
7

Mobile OS: Case study of Android OS and Symbian OS

05

Total

45

Text Book:
1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.

MPSTME-IT-235

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Reference Books:
1. P. Ncopolitidis, M S Obaidat, et. al Wireless Networks, Wiley India, 2009
2. C. SivaRam Murthy and B.S.Manoj, Adhoc Wireless Networks Architectures

and Protocols, Pearson Education 2nd Edition, 2009


3. KumKum Garg, Mobile Computing Theory and Practice, Pearson Education,

1st Edition, 2011


4. Raj Kamal, Mobile Computing, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 2011
5. Asoke K Talukder and Roopa R Yavagal, Mobile Computing Technology,

Application and Service Creation, 2nd Ed., TMH, 2nd Edition, 2008
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-236

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : VIII

Course :

Advanced Database Management System


(Elective III)

Code : MBIT08001

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Database Management Systems


Objectives:
Enhance on the knowledge gained in Database Management systems in several
directions like Non-relational data models, deductive (intelligent) databases
systems, distributed systems, web base systems and object oriented systems etc.
Designing and implementing database systems based on the client-server
architecture and distributed data base systems.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Analyze the different database management systems.
Learn query processing and optimization of query.
Learn to write programs in PL/SQL language.
Design database system based on client server architecture.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1. The Extended Entity Relationship Model and Object Model:


The ER model revisited, Motivation for complex data types, User
defined abstract data types and structured types, subclasses,
super classes, Inheritance, Specialization and Generalization,
Constraints and characteristics of specialization and
Generalization, Relationship types of degree higher than two.

Duration
6

MPSTME-IT-237

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
2.

Query Processing and Optimization: Overview, Measures of


Query cost, Selection operation, Sorting, Join operation, other
operations, Evaluation of Expressions, Transformation of
relational expressions, Estimating Statistics of Expression Results,
Choice of Evaluation Plans, Materialized Views.

3.

Object Based Databases: Overview of Object-Oriented concepts,


object identity, object structure and type constructions,
Encapsulation of operations, Methods and Persistence, Type
hierarchies and Inheritance, Type extents and queries, Complex
objects; Overview of the object model of ODMG, OQL and ODL
languages, queries for OQL, Mapping an EER schema to ODB
schema, Structured types and inheritance in SQL, Type
inheritance, Table inheritance, Array and Multiset types in SQL,
Creating and accessing collection values, querying collection
valued attributes, Nesting and Unnesting, Object identity and
reference types in SQL, Persistent Programming language,
Persistence of objects, object identity and pointers, Storage and
access of persistent objects, RDBMS versus object oriented versus
object relational systems.

10

4.

Parallel and Distributed Databases and Client-Server


Architecture: Architectures for parallel database, Parallel query
evaluation; Parallelizing individual operations, Sorting, Joins;
Distributed database concepts, Data fragmentation, Replication,
and allocation techniques for distributed database design; Query
processing in distributed databases; concurrency control and
Recovery in distributed databases. An overview of Client-Server
architecture.

5.

XML and Internet Databases: Structured, Semi structured, and


Unstructured data, XML Hierarchical (Tree) Data Model, XML
Documents, DTD and XML Schema, XML Documents and
Databases, XML Querying.

6.

Overview of Enhanced Data Models for Advanced


Applications: Active database concepts, Temporal database
concepts; Spatial databases, concepts and architecture, Deductive

MPSTME-IT-238

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
databases and Query processing; Mobile databases, Geographic
information systems.
7.

Overview of Database Administration: Managing a Database


Instance, Maintaining Online Redo Log files, Managing
tablespaces and Data files, managing undo data, Managing users
and privileges, managing roles and auditing.

8.

Case Study: Conceptualization and object oriented database


design for Railway Reservation System, Banking System etc.

Total

45

Text Books:
1. Elmarsi, Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems, 6th Edition,
Addision Wesley, 2010
2. Hennry Korth, Abraham Silberschatz, Database System Concepts,
6th Edition, Mc-Graw Hill, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. Stefano Ceri and Giuseppe Pelagatti, Distributed Databases Principles and
Systems, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008
2. R. Ramakrishnan, Database Management Systems, 3rd Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2009
3. C.J. Date, et. al, An Introduction to Database System, 8th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2006
4. George Koch, Oracle9i The Complete Reference, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2002
5. Ivan Bayross, Commercial Applications Development Using Oracle
Developer 2000forms 6i 2008 Edition, BPB, 2009.
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-239

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : VIII

Course :

Image Processing (Elective III)

Code : MBIT08002

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Digital Signal Processing


Objectives: The course provides grounding in digital filter and transforms
techniques for image processing and feature extraction. An overview of common
heuristic algorithms for image processing. The different representations of digital
images, the importance of adequate sampling frequencies and the appearance of
artifacts. Also how the important features in an image may be related to significant
abstractions from the raw image.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description
Digital Image Processing Systems: Introduction, Image sensing
and acquisition, storage, Processing, Communication, Display
Image Sampling and quantization, Basic relationships between
pixels.
Image Transforms (implementation): Fourier transform, Walsh
transform, Hadamard transform, Discrete cosine transform, Slant
transform, Haar Transform, Optimum transform: Karhunen
Loeve (Hotelling) transform.
Image Enhancement in the Spatial and Frequency Domain: Point
Processing Techniques, Mask Processing techniques: Smoothing
and sharpening filters. Frequency domain filters: Smoothing and
Sharpening filters, Homomorphic filtering.
Image Data Compression: Fundamentals, Redundancies: Coding,
Interpixel Pysycho-visual, fidelity criteria, Image compression
models, Error free compression, Lossy compression, Image
compression standards: Binary image and Continuous tone still

Duration
7

10

MPSTME-IT-240

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
image compression standards.
Morphological Image Processing: Introduction, Dilation, Erosion,
Opening, closing, Hit or-Miss transformation, Morphological
7
algorithm operations on binary images, Morphological algorithm
operations on gray-scale images
Image Segmentation, Representation and Description: Detection
of discontinuities, Edge linking and Boundary detection, 7
Thresholding, Region based segmentation
Total

45

Text Books:
R.C Gonzalez and Richard Woods, Digital Image Processing, 3/e, Pearson
publication, 2008.
2. Anil K. Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image processing, PHI, 2002.
Reference Books:
1.

William K. Pratt, Digital Image Processing, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
B. Chanda & D. Dutta Majumder, Digital Image Processing and Analysis,
PHI, 2003.
3. M. A. Sid-Ahmed, Image Processing- Theory, Algorithms & Architecture,
McGraw Hill, 1995
Term Work:
1.
2.

As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-241

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : VIII

Course :

Embedded Systems (Elective III)

Code : MBIT08003

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Operating Systems, Computer Networks


Objectives: At the end of the course, students should be able to understand how to
build Embedded Systems software. Students undergoing this course will
understand the hardware interfacing, sensors, memory programming with respect
to popular microcontrollers.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

Introduction to Embedded Systems: Embedded Systems,


Categories, Specialties, Application areas, Recent Trends

Architecture of Embedded Systems: Hardware Architecture,


Software Architecture, Application Software, Process of
Generating Executable Image, Development / Testing Tools.

Process of Embedded System Development: The Development


Process, Design, Implementation, Integration and Testing

Survey of Software Architectures: Round-Robin,Round-Robin


with Interrupts, Function-Queue Scheduling Architectures, Real
Time Operating System Architecture, Selecting Architecture.
Introduction to Real-Time Operating System Concepts: Task and
Task States, Semaphores, Mutex, Mailboxes, Message Queues,
Pipes, Signals, Timers, Memory Management, Priority Inversion
Problem.

MPSTME-IT-242

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Basic Design Using a Real-Time Operating System: Overview,
Principles, Encapsulating Semaphores and Queues, Hard RealTime Scheduling Considerations, Saving Memory Space, Saving
Power.
Embedded System ProgrammingI: Embedded C Programming,
Operations On Bits, Introduction to Embedded Systems,
Embedded System Boards, Embedded System Programs
Embedded System ProgrammingII: EEPROM Programming,
Flash Programming, Programming With Sensors, Interrupts &
Timers, Serial Communication
Total

8
45

Text Books:
Dr. K.V.K.K. Prasad, Embedded / Real-Time Systems: Concepts, Design
and Programming (Black Book), DreamTech Press, 2009.
2. Raj Kamal, Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming & Design,
TMH, 2008.
1.

Reference Books:
David E.Simon, An Embedded Software Primer, Pearson Education, 2005
Yashwant Kanetkar, Go Embedded, BPB, 2006.
Term Work:
1.
2.

As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-243

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : VIII

Course :

Advance Computer Networks (Elective III)

Code : MBIT08004

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

50

Pre-requisite: Computer Networks


Objectives:
The objective of this course is to familiarize students with the working of
internetwork.
This course looks at various protocols used in the Internet and how they interact
to provide user services. It also introduces students to the advance topics in
computer networking.
Outcomes:
After successfully completion of this course, students should be able to
Explain the need for internetworking and various associated terminologies.
Design IP addressing for given requirements.
Understand how routing takes place in Internet and various routing protocols
used Internet.
Configure router for various routing protocols.
Understand various multimedia protocols.
Understand basic architecture of VPN, MPLS and Overlay Networks.
Understand Traffic engineering
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duration

MPSTME-IT-244

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Introduction

and

Overview:

The

motivation

For

Internetworking, OSI model, The TCP/IP protocol suite, IP

06

addressing (Classful and classless)


2.

Internet Protocol: Virtual Circuit and Datagram networks, IPv4


header format, IPv6, IPv6 addresses, special addresses, header

04

format, extension headers, IPv6 transition.


3.

Internet Message Control Protocol (ICMP) : Introduction,


ICMPv4 messages, ICMPv6 messages, group membership

4.

04

UDP and TCP: Process to Process communication, UDP header


format and operation, TCP services and operations, flow control,
silly window syndrome, error control, TCP timers, congestion

04

control, segment, options, checksum, state transition diagram.


5.

ARP and DHCP: ARP packet format, encapsulation and


operation, proxy ARP, DHCP packet format, DHCP messages

02

and state transition diagram.


6.

Delivery and routing of IP packets: Direct and indirect delivery,


routing methods (next hop routing, network specific routing,
host specific routing, default routing) static routing and dynamic

02

routing, routing table, routing in classful and classless address


environment.
7.

Unicast Routing Protocols: RIPv1 and v2 message format, timers,


problems in RIP and remedies, OSPF basic concept, OSPF
operation, OSPF packets and packet formats, path vector routing,

06

BGP packets and packet formats.


8.

Multimedia Networking: introduction, RTP, RTCP, SIP, H.323,


scheduling (description of FIFO, Priority Queuing, Round Robin
and Weighted fair Queuing. Mathematical modelling not
expected.) and policing mechanism (leaky bucket), integrated

06

MPSTME-IT-245

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
services and differentiated services.
9.

VPN, MPLS and overlay networks: VPN technology, NAT


address translation, translation table, NAT and ISP, MPLS
operation, routing in MPLS domains, introduction to overlay

06

networks, peer to peer connection.


10.

Traffic engineering basics: introduction, traffic sizing and


characteristics, time and delay consideration, throughput
calculation
Total

05

45

Text Books:
1. Forouzan B., TCP/IP Protocol Suite, 4th Ed., TMH, 2010
Reference Books:
1. Deven Shah et. al., Advance Computer Network, Wiley India, 2011
2. Comer D. ,Internetworking with TCP/IP Volume I 5th Ed., PHI,
2010
3. Feit S., TCP/IP: Architecture, Protocols and Implementation with IPv6
and IP Security,2nd Ed., TMH, 2008
4. James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, Computer Networking: A Top Down
Approach,5th Ed., Pearson Education, 2012
5. W. Richard Stevens, Kevin Fall, TCP/IP Illustrated Volume-I: The
Protocols, 2nd Ed., Pearson Education, 2012
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for termwork.

MPSTME-IT-246

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : IX

Course :

Technical Project - I

Code :MBIT09001

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: Research Methodology, Structured System Analysis and Design,


Object Oriented Modeling and Design
Objectives:
The Objective of the Project is to make the student undergo the first part of a
software project lifecycle of Literature Survey and Feasibility Study.
To provide students with the opportunity to synthesize the knowledge and
skills acquired from their courses.
To encourage a multidisciplinary approach through the integration of
material learned in a number of courses.
To allow students to develop problem solving, analysis, synthesis, evaluation
and design skills.
To encourage teamwork.
To improve students communication skills.
Outcomes :
Students will be able to :
Work effectively in a team.
Understand Problem Definition, Scope and evaluate Feasibility.
Apply the Design Principles to architect a solution for the problem identified.
Analyze different solutions and select optimum solution.
Select the appropriate technology for implementation.
Perform independent learning of new technologies and concepts in order to
complete the project.
Address a contemporary issue that is either centrally related to computing or

MPSTME-IT-247

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
represents an innovative application of computing.
Develop their oral & written communication skills by way of providing
presentations and report throughout the course.
Research, select, and learn the necessary tools and techniques that are needed
to complete the project.
Contents :
Project - Phase1 Activities to be done:
1. The Project group to be formed consisting of 2 to 3 students.
2. The Project area and topic is to be selected in consultation with Project
Mentor.
3. The Names of the students and the topic of the Project to be submitted in the
first week of the Semester VII.
4. The first phase of the project will involve Literature Survey and feasibility
study.
5. Students are required to submit a 1-page weekly report on the work done to
the mentor. There would continuous evaluation based on the weekly report
submitted.
6. Report primarily containing Literature Survey and feasibility study is to be
submitted at the end of the Semester IX. (Spiral Bound Report).
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-248

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program:

MBA(Tech) (Information Technology)

Semester : X

Course :

Technical Project - II

Code : MBIT10001

Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutoria
l

Credit

(3 Hrs,

Internal Continuous
Assessment (ICA)

100 Marks)

As per Institute Norms

50

Pre-requisite: Technical Project I


Objectives:
The Objective of the Project is to make the student understand the entire
software project lifecycle of literature survey, feasibility study, design, analysis,
coding, testing and deployment.
To provide students with the opportunity to synthesize the knowledge and
skills acquired from their courses.
To encourage a multidisciplinary approach through the integration of
material learned in a number of courses.
To allow students to develop problem solving, analysis, synthesis, evaluation
and design skills.
To encourage teamwork.
To improve students communication skills.
Outcomes :
Students will be able to :
Work effectively in a team.
Understand Problem Definition, Scope and evaluate Feasibility.
Apply the Design Principles to architect a solution for the problem identified.
Analyze different solutions and select optimum solution.
Select the appropriate technology for implementation.
Perform independent learning of new technologies and concepts in order to
complete the project.
Address a contemporary issue that is either centrally related to computing or

MPSTME-IT-249

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
represents an innovative application of computing.
Develop their oral & written communication skills by way of providing
presentations and report throughout the course.
Research, select, and learn the necessary tools and techniques that are needed
to complete the project.
Contents :
Project - Phase2 Activities to be done:
1. The second phase of the project will involve design, analysis, coding,
implementation, testing and deployment of the System.
2. Student is required to submit a 1-page weekly report on the work done to the
mentor. There would continuous evaluation based on the weekly report
submitted.
3. Report primarily containing the entire Project Life Cycle beginning from
Literature Survey, Feasibility Study, Design, Analysis, Coding, Testing, and
Deployment is to be submitted at the end of the Semester. (Hard Bound
Report (Golden Embossing))
Term Work:
As per Department and Institute norms for term-work.

MPSTME-IT-250

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
M.Tech(IT) Scheme for 2013-14 1st year
Semester
I
Code
Subject
Computer
Networkin
g Design
Principles
Data
Warehouse
Design
Software
Engineerin
g
Methodolo
gy
Professiona
l Skill
Developme
nt
Seminar 1
Lab course1 (LaTEX)
Lab course2 (Cloud
Computing
)
Elective - I

Teaching
Scheme
Theo P T
ry
r ut

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class
Test - II

Termwork

Cre
dit

MTIT
01001

50

20

20

10

MTIT
01002

50

20

20

10

MTIT
01003

50

20

20

10

MTIT
01004

15

15

20

50

15

15

20

15

15

20

50

20

20

10

MTIT
01005
MTIT
01006
MTIT
01007

1
0
200
125
125
150
20
4
Elective I (Any One): (a) Design Patterns - MTIT01008 (b) E-Commerce - MTIT01009
(c) System & Network Security - MTIT01010 (d) Computer Vision - MTIT01011 (e)
Artificial Intelligence - MTIT01012
Total

13

MPSTME-IT-251

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Semester
II
Teaching
Scheme
The
T
Pr
ory
ut

Subject
Data
Mining
Mobile
Computing
and
Wireless
Networkin
g
Research
Methodolo
gy
Seminar 2

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class
Test - II

Termwork

Cre
dit

MTIT
02001

50

20

20

10

MTIT
02002

50

20

20

10

MTIT
02003

15

15

20

MTIT
02004

50

MTIT
02005

15

15

20

50

20

20

10

Elective III

50

20

20

10

Total

15

12

200

110

130

21

Lab course3 (Mobile


Applicatio
n
Developme
nt)
Elective II

Elective II (Any One): (a) Software Quality Assurance & Testing - MTIT02006 (b)
Service Oriented Architecture - MTIT02007 (c) Information Security Assurance and
Computer Forensics - MTIT02008 (d) Pattern Recognition - MTIT02009
Elective III (Any One): (a) Parallel Computing - MTIT02010 (b) IP Traffic
Engineering - MTIT02011 (c) Fuzzy Logic & Neural Network - MTIT02012 (d)
Biometrics - MTIT02013

MPSTME-IT-252

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
M.Tech(IT) Scheme for 2013-14 2nd year

Semester
III
Code
Subject

Project - I

MTIT03
001

Total

Teaching
Scheme
The
T
Pr
ory
ut

Cre
dit

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class Test
- II

Termwork

40

200

20

40

200

20

Semester
IV
Teaching
Scheme
The
T
Pr
ory
ut

Subject

Project - II

Total

MTIT04
001

Cre
dit

Examination Scheme
Final
Exam

Class
Test - I

Class Test
- II

Termwork

40

400

20

40

400

20

MPSTME-IT-253

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Course:
Computer
Networking Code: MTIT01001
Design Principles (CNDP)
Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: Focus of this course will be on studying design principles of computer


networks. This will help M.Tech students appreciate design tradeoffs, which will be
useful for advanced courses in computer networks. The aim is to
understand the fundamental design principles of computer networks; trade
offs involved in design
study and analyse recent research papers
Research focus for 40-50% of teaching time. Study of recent research papers, and
presentation by students.
Outcomes:
Understand the principles of system design and apply some of the principles
to specific protocol designs
Understand the design and working of MAC, Scheduling, Routing and Flow
Control in various scenarios
Create improvised designs of existing protocols
Understand recent research in some of the above domains
Prerequisite: NIL
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duratio
n

MPSTME-IT-254

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1.

System Design :
Common design techniques multiplexing, pipelining and
parallelism, batching, exploiting locality, optimizing the
common case, hierarchy, binding and indirection,
virtualization, randomization, soft state, exchanging state
explicitly, hysteresis, separating data and control, extensibility

2.

Multiple Access :
Context for multiple access problem, choices and constraints,
base technologies, centralized access schemes, distributed
schemes

3.

06

10

Scheduling :
Introduction to switching, Requirements, fundamental
choices, scheduling best-effort connections, comparison,
packet dropping

4.

Routing :

5.

Routing protocol requirements, choices, distance vector


routing, link-state routing, choosing link costs, hierarchical
routing, Internet routing protocols
Flow control :
Model, classification, open-loop flow control, closed-loop flow
control, hybrid flow control
TOTAL

10

10

09
45

Text Books:
1. S. Keshav, An Engineering Approach to computer networking, 1st ed. Pearson.
2002. (classic book)
Reference Books:
1. Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie, Computer Networks: A Systems Approach. 5th
ed. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011.
2. Douglas Comer, Internetworking with TCP IP Volume I: Principles, Protocols and

MPSTME-IT-255

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Architecture, 5th ed. PHI, 2010.
3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, 4th ed. Tata
McGraw-Hill, 2006.
4. Behrouz A. Forouzan, TCP/IP Protocol Suite, 4th ed. Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010.
5. Andrew Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 4th ed., Prentice Hall, 2002.

In addition, recent research papers from appropriate journals and conferences.


Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-256

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Course: Data Warehouse Design

Code: MTIT01002

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective:
1. To Understand the architectural components of a data warehouse
2. To Understand dimension modeling
3. To Understand ETL in detail
4. To Design a data warehouse
Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students would be able to:
1. Understand the various types of fact and dimension tables
2. Design a star schema for given business scenario
3. Understand the importance of ETL and process of applying ETL
4. Research the trends in data warehouse design
Prerequisite: NIL
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1.

Introduction: Building Blocks of Data Warehouse, Data


Marts, Data warehouse components, dimension analysis,
information packages

2.

Architectural Components: Architectural Framework,


Technical Architecture, Infrastructure supporting
Architecture

Duratio
n
04

04

MPSTME-IT-257

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
3.

Metadata: Metadata Types, How to Provide Metadata

02

4.

Dimensional Modeling: Schemas used, Aggregate Fact


Tables, Families of STARS
ETL: Data Extraction Techniques, Data Transformation
Techniques, Data Loading
OLAP:
Features
and
Functions,
Models,
OLAP
Implementation Consideration
Design: Physical Design Steps, Considerations, Storage,
Indexing, Performance Enhancement Techniques
Deployment: Data Warehouse Deployment, Security, Backup
and Recovery
Trends in Data Warehouse: Research Papers Published in last
5 years
TOTAL

05

5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

05
06
05
04
10
45

Text Book:
1. Paulraj Ponniah, Data Warehousing Fundamentals for IT Professionals,
John Wiley & Sons, 1st Edition, 2011
Reference Books:
1. Matteo Golfarelli, Stefano Rizzi, Data Warehouse Design: Modern
Principles and Methodologies, TATA McGraw Hill, 1st Edition, 2009
2. Goerge M.Marakas, Modern Data Warehousing, Mining,
Visualization, Pearson Education, 1st Edition, 2003
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term-work.

and

MPSTME-IT-258

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Course:
Software
Methodology (SEM)

Engineering Code: MTIT01003

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: To give students insight in the software development process. They will
study Procedural, Object oriented, Test driven development methodology
Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students would be able to:
1. Understand the difference between structured and object oriented approach
2. Understand the approaches for testing and quality measurement
3. Create the requirement document for a business scenario
4. Understand agile and test driven development
5. Research the trends in software development methodology
Prerequisite: Programming in general, databases, OO programming, system
analysis and design
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

2.

3.

Description
Introduction to software development, process, product,
people and project, benefits of applying Software engineering
principles to software project
Structured Approach: Product Engineering, Requirement
engineering and tools, requirement analysis and tools, design
principles and design tools- Case study. Process ModelsFrame work activities and umbrella activities, evolutionary
process models, Melding process and product.
Object oriented approach: Introduction to OO paradigm,

Duratio
n
04

08

10

MPSTME-IT-259

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Benefits of OO paradigm, OO modeling, approaches to OO
modeling, unification of approaches, UML, 4+1 view model,
modeling diagrams, Rational Unified process, iterations,
activities and work products.
4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Requirement elicitation process- identifying requirements,


elicitation tools, Requirement analysis process finalizing
usecase modeling , realizing usecases, class modeling, Design
principles- class design, component and package modeling,
deployment considerations and modeling, UML - meta
model.
Testing: Testing Strategies, Testing methods, OO testing
methods, testing classes and components, System verification
and validation
Quality: Metrics for software quality, quality assurance
process, Quality standards for software products, Metrics for
SE process, process standards

08

03

03

Agility in process models : requirement of agile models, active


stakeholder participation, agile analysis, agile architectural
modeling, Extreme programming, Scrum

05

TDD: Introduction to Test Driven Development, Phases of


TDD, Comparison with earlier approaches.

04

TOTAL

45

Text Books:
1. Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering - A Practitioners Approach ,
McGraw Hill, 2010
Reference Books:
2. Sommervillee , Software Engineering , Addison Wisely, 7th ed. 2009
3. Grady Booch, Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Application,
Addision Wisely, 2009
4. Bernd Bruegge & Allen H. Dutoit, Object oriented Software Engineering
using UML Patterns and Java, Prentice Hall, 2009
5. Timothy C. Lethbridge and Robert Laganiere, Object-Oriented Software

MPSTME-IT-260

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Engineering: Practical Software Development using UML andJava, McGraw
Hill, 2004
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-261

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Course:
Software
Methodology (SEM)

Engineering Code: MTIT01003

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: To give students insight in the software development process. They will
study Procedural, Object oriented, Test driven development methodology
Outcomes:
After completion of the course, students would be able to:
6. Understand the difference between structured and object oriented approach
7. Understand the approaches for testing and quality measurement
8. Create the requirement document for a business scenario
9. Understand agile and test driven development
10. Research the trends in software development methodology
Prerequisite: Programming in general, databases, OO programming, system
analysis and design
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
9.

10.

11.

Description
Introduction to software development, process, product,
people and project, benefits of applying Software engineering
principles to software project
Structured Approach: Product Engineering, Requirement
engineering and tools, requirement analysis and tools, design
principles and design tools- Case study. Process ModelsFrame work activities and umbrella activities, evolutionary
process models, Melding process and product.
Object oriented approach: Introduction to OO paradigm,

Duratio
n
04

08

10

MPSTME-IT-262

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Benefits of OO paradigm, OO modeling, approaches to OO
modeling, unification of approaches, UML, 4+1 view model,
modeling diagrams, Rational Unified process, iterations,
activities and work products.
12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

Requirement elicitation process- identifying requirements,


elicitation tools, Requirement analysis process finalizing
usecase modeling , realizing usecases, class modeling, Design
principles- class design, component and package modeling,
deployment considerations and modeling, UML - meta
model.
Testing: Testing Strategies, Testing methods, OO testing
methods, testing classes and components, System verification
and validation
Quality: Metrics for software quality, quality assurance
process, Quality standards for software products, Metrics for
SE process, process standards

08

03

03

Agility in process models : requirement of agile models, active


stakeholder participation, agile analysis, agile architectural
modeling, Extreme programming, Scrum

05

TDD: Introduction to Test Driven Development, Phases of


TDD, Comparison with earlier approaches.

04

TOTAL

45

6.
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-263

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Course:
Professional
Development

Skill Code: MTIT01004

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: To develop communication and soft skills, skills for public speaking,
and to develop writing skills
Outcomes: At the end of this course students will be able to
1. Make technically sound documents
2. Make oral presentations to an audience
Prerequisite:
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Duratio
n

Description

1.

Communication and Soft skills

2.

Public speaking skills

3.

Effective technical writing

4.

Technical writing and presentation cases

5
TOTAL

15

Text Book:
1. Barun K. Mitra, Effective Technical Communication: A Guide for Scientists
and Engineers, Oxford University Press, 2006
2. Barun K. Mitra, Personality Development and Soft Skills, Oxford University

MPSTME-IT-264

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Press, 2006
Reference Book:
1. Francis Petes, Soft Skills and Professional Communication, Tata Mcgraw Hill
Education (2011)
2. John Seely, Oxford Guide to Effective Writing and Speaking, Oxford
University Press, 2007
3. Sharma, R, Mohan, Krishna Business correspondence and report writing : a
practical approach to business & technical communication, Tata McGraw
Hill, 2002
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-265

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Subject: Seminar 1

Code: MTIT01005

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: Develop skills to conduct literature survey in a particular domain


Outcomes: At the end of this course the student will be able to
1. Identify appropriate repository for literature survey
2. Identify an area for conducting literature survey
3. Conduct literature review and analyse existing techniques
Prerequisite:
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

Duratio
n

Description
Literature review and analysis

30
TOTAL

Text Book:
Reference Book:
Research papers from ACM/IEEE/Elsevier/Springer, etc.

Term work consists of the following:


As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

30

MPSTME-IT-266

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Subject: Lab Course - 1 (LaTEX)

Code: MTIT01006

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: To learn LaTEX for creating documents and reports.


Outcomes:
1. This Lab Course will enable students to learn LATEX.
2. They will understand the basic document structure and will be able to learn and
use important features of LATEX that will help them write reports and papers
using LATEX.
Prerequisite:
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

Description
Create multiple documents and articles using LaTEX and
various standard paper / report formats. Learn different
latex macros, commands.
TOTAL

Duration
30
30

Text Book:
1. Leslie Lamport, Latex : A Document Preparation System,2nd Edition,
Pearson, 2007
Reference Book:
1. Stefan Kottwitz, LaTeX Beginner's Guide, 1st Edition, Packt, 2012
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-267

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Subject: Lab Course - 2 (Cloud Code: MTIT01007


Computing)
Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: Learn hands on cloud creation using open source


Outcomes:
4. This Lab Course will enable students to understand cloud infrastructure.
5. At the end of the course, the students will be able to deploy a private cloud and
understand how to configure the cloud, based on requirements.
Prerequisite:
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
2.

Duratio
n

Description
Cloud Computing Basics, Hardware and Architecture,
Accessing the Cloud, Cloud Storage, Software as a Service,
Developing Applications, Local Clouds and Thin Clients,
Migrating to the Cloud.

TOTAL

30

30

Text Book:
1. Robert Elsenpeter, Toby J. Velte, Anthony T. Velte, Cloud Computing : A
Practical Approach,1st Edition, Tata Mcgraw Hill Education, 2009

MPSTME-IT-268

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Reference Book:
1. Barrie Sosinsky, Cloud Computing Bible, Wiley India, 2011
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-269

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Subject: Design Patterns

Code: MTIT01008

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: In-depth study of Design Patterns. Study of recent research papers, and
presentation by students.
Outcomes: (Students would be able to)
1. Understanding of the basics of design patterns and their applicability
2. Apply appropriate design patterns to specific problems
3. Discuss existing research work in the field of design patterns
Prerequisite: Software Engineering Methodology
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

2.

Description

Duratio
n

Introduction : What Is a Design Pattern?, Describing Design


Patterns, What to Expect from Design Patterns, A Brief
History, The Pattern Community An Invitation , The Catalog
of Design Patterns, Organizing the Catalog, How Design
Patterns Solve Design Problems, How to Select a Design
Pattern, How to Use a Design Pattern.

05

A Case Study: Designing a Document Editor : Design


Problems, Document Structure, Formatting, Embellishing the
User Interface, Supporting Multiple Look-and-Feel Standards,
Supporting Multiple Window Systems, User Operations
Spelling Checking and Hyphenation, Summary .

10

MPSTME-IT-270

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
3.

4.

5.

Creational Patterns: Abstract Factory, Builder, Factory


Method, Prototype, Singleton design pattern, cloning pattren,
disposal pattern, anonymous class, Discussion of Creational
Patterns.
Architectural Patterns: Procedural, Layered, Object Oriented,
Data Flow, Implicit Invocation, Black Board, Feedback
Control System, Structural Pattern,
Adapter, Bridge,
Composite, Decorator, faade, Flyweight, delegation pattern,
Proxy, decoupling pattern
Behavioral Patterns: Chain of Responsibility, Command,
Interpreter, Iterator, Mediator, Memento, Observer, State,
Strategy, Template Method ,Visitor, Value pattern, functional
pattern, sequential pattern, iteration pattern, selection pattern.
TOTAL

10

10

10

45

Text Book:
1. Erich Gamma, Richard Hemn, Design Patterns(Elements of Reusable Object
Oriented Software), Pearson, 1st Edition, 1994 (classic book)
Reference Books:
Brett D. McLaughlin, Gary Pollice, Dave West, Head First Object Oriented
Analysis and Design, O'reilly, 1st Edition, 2006
2. Nick Rozanski, Ein Woods, Software Systems Architecture: Working With
Stakeholders Using Viewpoints and Perspectives, Pearson Education, 2nd
Edition, 2012
Term work consists of the following:
1.

As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-271

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Subject: E-Commerce

Code: MTIT01009

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: The objectives of the course are to introduce the critical concepts of
electronic commerce from both managerial and technological perspectives. It is
expected that this course provide you understanding of how electronic commerce is
affecting business enterprises, governments, consumers and people in general and
help you build up your knowledge and skills on leading an organization to the
road to success in the digital future. Emphasis would be on frauds in online
payment, security issues and essential skills required for evaluating & preparing an
ecommerce website with respect to performance criteria.
Outcomes: (Students would be able to)
1. An ability to apply knowledge of internet technology with understanding of
XHTML, CSS & javascript, server-side technology for building web sites for
companies to make their business available through e-commerce (Internet
Commerce, EDI, EM).
2. An ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and
interpret data of various scenarios based on understanding of ecommerce Sellside & Buy-Side B2B, E-tailing B2C, Internet Commerce C2C, SWOT Analysis,
Catalog design & building, Shopping Cart, Supply Chain, Paypal payment
system, E-learning & E-Governance.
3. An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computer-based system,
process, component, or program to meet desired needs & performance criteria.
4. An ability to function effectively on teams to accomplish a common goal.
Projects on various types of businesses (Online shopping Web site).
5. An ability to identify, formulate and provide effective web based e-commerce
solutions for traditional commerce problems in the trade cycle of all types of
businesses.
6. The broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering
solutions to global economy with respect to online shopping, conversion of
brick-and-mortar to online retailer, enhanced distribution channel for existing

MPSTME-IT-272

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
products & services, customized productions, just-in-time manufacturing,
reduction in the value chain, transactions through e-cash, force companies to
adapt quickly to the new technology and offer them an opportunity to
experiment with new products, services, and processes.
7. Recognition of the need for and an ability to engage in continuing professional
development by extending the knowledge of various components (legal issues,
pament, security) & types of e-commerce to applying it on new trends like MCommerce, L-Commerce etc.
8. An ability to use the modern engineering tools for incorporating catalog
management, payment & security module necessary for developing effective
web applications and knowledge of client-side & server-side technology to build
e-commerce sites & also test them with respect to performance criteria.
Prerequisite: NIL
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

Description
Introduction & Concepts :
Advent of ICT (Information and Communication
Technology); Evolution of E-Commerce; Applications of ECommerce;
Benefits
&
Limitations;
E-Commerce
Classification; Categories of E-Commerce: Electronic Markets,
EDI, Internet Commerce; Ecommerce & Trade Cycle, SWOT
Analysis; Future of E-Commerce. Communication & Value
Chain; Case Studies relating to (E-Tailing; E-Procurement;
Auction Sites; E-Learning, Knowledge Portals; EGovernance).

2.

Duratio
n

Legal & Ethical Issues:


Legal Issues : Software Intellectual property law; Contract law
for Ecommerce, Warranties and New Products; Cyber law
issues; Privacy and Legal issues with respect to Trans border
flows; Fraud; Security of Information and Risks; Electronic
Highway Robbery; Ethical Issues : Online Crimes, Terrorism
& Warfare; Social Issues.

MPSTME-IT-273

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
3.

Security & Payment :


Online Security Issues; Communication Channel Security;
Encryption Solutions; Security for Server; Security protocols ;
Online Payment Methods; Frauds in Online Payment.

4.

5.

6.

E-Commerce Software & M-Commerce :


Basic functions: Catalog Display, Shopping Cart, Transaction
Processing; Advanced functions: Middleware, Enterprise
Application Integration & Databases, Web Services;
Integration with ERP Systems; Software for Small, Mid-size &
Large Businesses; Growth; Overview; Benefits & Drivers;
Applications; Mobile Computing Infrastructure; Inhibitors
and Barriers of M-Commerce; Services; Stakeholders; MCommerce Value Chain; Pervasive Computing; L-Commerce.
Performance :
Web Business Models; Pricing an Online World; Online
Branding; Online Research; Usability, Creditability, and
Persuasion; Traffic Building; Personalization; Web Analytics.

10

10

10

Contemporary Issues related to E-commerce.


TOTAL

45

Text Books:
1. Gary P. Schneider, E-Commerce : Strategy, Technology and
Implementation, Cengage Learning, First Edition, 2007.
2. Ward Hanson, Kirthi Kalyanam, Internet Marketing & E-Commerce,
Cengage Learning, First Edition, 2007.
Reference Books:
1. David Whiteley, E-Commerce Strategy: Technologies and Applications,
McGraw Hill International, 2000.
2. Efraim Turban, Dave King, Jae Kyu Lee and Dennis Viehland, "Electronic
Commerce, A Managerial Perspective ", Prentice Hall Inc., 6th Edition, 2006.
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-274

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

Subject:
System
Security (SNS)

(Information Semester: I

and

Network Code: MTIT01010

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: The main objective of this course is to give in-depth knowledge of the
subject
Outcomes: (Students would be able to)
1. Understand basic concepts of cryptography and security applied to various
systems
2. Understand the challenges in designing security systems for operating system,
web systems, networks
3. Analyze and select appropriate security mechanism for specific problems
Prerequisite: Computer Network, System Security, TCP/IP protocol suite
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

1.

Introduction to Information Security: Security Goals ,Attack


: Threats, Vulnerably and Control, Method of Defence

2.

Cryptography:
i. Review of Cryptography, Classic Cryptography
ii. Symmetric Key Cryptography: Stream Ciphers,
Substitution Cipher, Transposition Cipher, Vernam
Cipher, Vigenere Cipher A5/1, RC4,
iii. Block Ciphers, Feistel Cipher, DES, Triple DES,
IDEA( International Data Encryption Algo.), AES

Duratio
n
04

08

MPSTME-IT-275

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

3.

4.

iv. Public Key Cryptography: Introduction , Knapsack,


RSA, Diffie-Hellman, Rabin Cryptosystem, Digital
Signature and Non-repudiation, Confidentiality and
Non-repudiation, Public Key Infrastructure.
v. Hash Function: The Birthday Problem, MD5, SHA-1.
Access control - Authentication and Authorization, Auth.
Protocol:
i. Authentication Protocol.
ii. Authentication Methods, Passwords, Biometric, Single
sign on, Authentication Protocol, Kerberos.
iii. Access control Matrix, ACLs, Multiple level security
model, Multilateral security, CAPTCHA.
Application and O.S. security:

07

i. Non Malicious Program Error, Virus and other malicious


code, Targeted malicious code
ii. Software Flaws, Buffer Overflow, Incomplete Mediation,
Race conditions, Covert channel,
iii. Malware, Salami , Linearization Attacks, Trusting
Software
iv. Operating System Security
5.

Network Security:

6.

i. Network security basics


ii. Threats on Network : TCP/IP Vulnerability, Session
Hijacking, IP Spoofing ,MAC flooding,
iii. Denial of Service, DDoS ,Mitigation Technique of DoS
and DDoS
iv. Firewall. Intrusion Detection System, and Honey pots
Wireless Network Security

i. Radio Frequency Security Basic


ii. Data Link Layer Wireless Security Feature, Flaws and
Threats Wireless Network Hardening Practice and
Recommendation.
Web Security
i. Email Security : Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM),PGP and
S/MIME
ii. SSL , IPSec protocol, SHTTP,TSP

07

07

06

MPSTME-IT-276

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
iii. Phishing Cross Site Scripting SQL Injection ,Root
Traversal Attack, Cookie Replay Attack, Credential
Theft..
TOTAL

06
45

Text Books:
1) Behrouz A. Forouzan, Cryptography and Network Security, TATA
McGraw Hill, 2010
2) Charles P. Pfleeger, Security in Computing, Pearson Education, 3rd
Edition, 2004
References
1) Atul Kahate, Cryptography and Network Security, TATA McGrawHill, 2nd edition, 2009
2) Roberta Bragg, Mark Rhodes-Ousley, Keith Strassberg, Network
Security: The Complete Reference, TATA McGraw-Hill, 2007
3) Mark Stamp, Information Security Principles and Practice, Wiley, 2nd
edition, 2011
4) William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security, Prentice Hall,
4th edition, 2009
5) Michael E., Principles of Information Security, Cengage Learning, 4th
edition, 2011
6) Nina Godbole, Information Systems Security: Security Management,
Metrics, Frameworks And Best Practices, Wiley, 2009
7) Eric Cole, Network Security Bible, Wiley, 2009
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-277

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Subject: Computer vision (CV)

Code: MTIT01011

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: The main objective of this course is to develop ability in student to


apply Image and Video Processing required for Computer Vision and exploit these
techniques for real world application.
Outcomes: (Students would be able to)
1. Understanding of the concepts of computer vision like Image shape and
texture features, mathematical morphology, image matching, etc.
2. Apply the computer vision concepts to specific problems
3. Analyze the problem and apply appropriate computer vision technique to a
problem
4. Discuss and analyze existing research work in the field of computer vision
Prerequisite: Computer Graphics, Image Processing, Multimedia Systems
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

Description
Image Shape Feature
Gradient Operators-Roberts, Prewitt, Sobel and Canny. Slope
Magnitude Method of image segmentation. Contour based
shape representation, Region based shape representation.

2.

Duratio
n

04

Image Texture Features


Gray Level co-occurrence Matrix Energy, Entropy,
maximum probability, Contrast, Correlation. Laplacian and
Guassian Pyramids. Wavelets. Walshlets Pyramid.

05

MPSTME-IT-278

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
3.

Mathematical Morphology
Binary dilation erosion-Hit-or-Miss transform, Opening,
Closing. Top Hat transformation, Bottom Hat transformation.
Thinning, Thickening and homotopic transformation. Edge
extraction using morphological operations.

4.

5.

6.

Image Matching
Similarity measures, Feature Extraction in spatial domain,
Block Truncation Coding, Colour Beans. Feature Extraction in
transform domain, Image transforms, Energy based feature
selection using transforms. Image Matching.
Image Fusion
Panoramic View Generation, Column matching, block
matching, image blending, Scaling and rotation invariant
panorama making, Missing View Regeneration, Biomedical
image fusion, Multisensor image fusion.
Image Clustering
Introduction, Hierarchical Clustering, Partitional Clustering,
Clustering using VQ, Watershed algorithm.
Computer Vision Applications
Character Recognition, Face recognition, Trademark
databases, Vehicle License Plate Recognition, Tumour
Detection and demarcation in medical images, Satellite image
segmentation.
TOTAL

06

06

08

08

08

45

Text Book:
1. Milind Sonka et.al ,Image Processing Analysis and Machine Vision, 3rd
Edition, CL Engineering, 2013
Reference Books:
1. Earl Gose et.al., Pattern Recognition and Image Analysis, 1st Edition, PHI,
2009
2. Anil K. Jain, Fundamentals of Image Processing,1st Edition, PHI, 2011
3. William Pratt, Digital Image Processing, Willey, 4th Edition, 2010
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-279

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Subject: Artificial Intelligence

Code: MTIT01012

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: To provide comprehensive knowledge of Artificial Intelligence and its


subfields and understand methodologies and techniques in designing and
implementing Intelligent Agents related to Learning Systems, Expert Systems,
Natural Language Processing systems.
Outcomes: (Students would be able to)
Understand concepts of AI systems like Agents, Searching techniques,
knowledge representation, etc.
Apply the concepts of AI to solve specific problems
Understand AI programming techniques and create programs for solving
problems
Prerequisite: Data Structures, Analysis of Algorithms, Programming Language
C++ or Java
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

Description
Intelligent Agents:
Turing Test Approach, Cognitive Modeling Approach, Laws
of Thought Approach, Rational Agent Approach, Types &
Structures of Intelligent Agents, Problem Solving Agents.

2.

Duratio
n

Problem Solving by Searching:


Structures and Strategies for state space search- Data driven
and goal driven search, Depth First and Breadth First Search,

10

MPSTME-IT-280

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
DFS with Iterative Deepening, Heuristics Search, Hill
Climbing Search, Best First Search, A* Algorithm, AO*
Algorithm, Constraint Satisfaction, Using heuristics in gamesMinimax Search, Alpha Beta Pruning, Bi-Directional
Searches. Genetic Algorithm and its application, study of
research papers
3.

Knowledge Representation:
Propositional calculus, Predicate Calculus, Theorem proving
by Resolution, Answer Extraction, AI Representational
Schemes- Semantic Nets, Conceptual Dependency, Scripts,
Frames, Knowledge Based Agents, Current research trends in
knowledge representation

07

4.

Learning:

5.

Learning from observations, Inductive learning, Ensemble


Learning,
Knowledge in Learning, Explanation Based
Learning, Learning with Neural Network.
Expert Systems:

6.

Concept of Expert system, Difference between AI problem


and Expert, Problem, Architecture of Expert System, Rule
based systems, MYCIN model of uncertainty, Knowledge
Engineering, Rule based Verification, Model based Reasoning,
Case based reasoning, Knowledge based reasoning. Case
study of expert system
Natural Language Processing:

06

7.

Introduction, syntactic processing, semantic analysis,


Discourse and pragmatic processing, statistical natural
language processing.
Languages and Programming Techniques for AI :
Programming with PROLOG and LISP, Search strategies and
Logic Programming in LISP, Expert System examples in
PROLOG.

04

TOTAL

45

07

07

MPSTME-IT-281

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Text Books:
1. Stuart Russel and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach,
3rd edition, Prentice Hall, 2009.
2. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Artificial Intelligence, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw
Hill, 1999.
Reference Books:
1. George F. Luger, Artificial Intelligence- Structures and Strategies for
Complex Problem Solving, 4/e, Pearson Education, 2002
2. Winston P. H, LISP, Addison Wesley, 1981
3. Ivan Brakto, Prolog Programming for Artificial Intelligence, 3/e, Addison
Wesley, 2000.
4. David Rolston, Principles of AI and Expert system development, Tata
McGraw Hill, 1988
5. M. Sasikumar, S. Ramani, S. Muthuraman; Rule base Expert System:
Practical Introduction, NAROSA, 2007
6. Smith, Expert system development in Prolog and Turbo Prolog, Halsted
Press. 1988
7. P. H. Winston, Artificial Intelligence, 3rd edition, Addison Wisley, 1992
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-282

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: II

Subject: Data Mining

Code: MTIT02001

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objectives:
1. To study the various data mining algorithms
2. To research on the current work in data mining
Outcomes:
After the completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. Understand classification algorithms, their advantages and disadvantages
2. Understand clustering algorithms, their advantages and disadvantages
3. Understanding Association Rule algorithms, their advantages and
disadvantages
4. Understanding basic concepts of Temporal and Spatial Mining
5. Explore currently going on in Data Mining
Prerequisite: NIL
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duratio
n

1.

Introduction, Data Mining v/s KDD, Data Mining Issues,


Metrics

03

2.

Classification Algorithms, Distance-based, Decision Tree


based, Neural Network based, Rule-based.

06

3.

Clustering Algorithms, Hierarchical and Partitional


Algorithms, Clustering Large Databases

05

MPSTME-IT-283

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
4.

Association Rules, Candidate and Non-candidate generation


algorithms, Parallel and Distributed Algorithms

06

5.

Spatial Mining, Spatial Classification Algorithms, Spatial


Clustering Algorithms

05

6.

Temporal Mining, Modeling Temporal Events, Pattern


Detection, Sequences, Temporal Association Rules

05

7.

Web Mining: Web Content Mining, Web Structure Mining,


Web Usage Mining

05

8.

Trends in Data Mining, Research Papers Published in last 5


years

10

TOTAL

45

Text Book:
1. M.H.Dunham, S. Sridhar, Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced
Topics, Pearson, 1st Edition, 2007.
Reference Books:
1. J. Han, M. Kamber, J. Pei, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques,
Elsevier, 3rd Edition, 2011
2. Goerge M.Marakas, Modern Data Warehousing, Mining, and Visualization,
Pearson Education, 1st Edition, 2003
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-284

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: II

Subject: Mobile Computing


Wireless Networking

and Code: MTIT02002

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: Focus of this course will be on studying MAC layer and above of the
protocol stack. The aim is to
understand the design principles of wireless networks
study the impact of wireless networks on various layers of the protocol stack.
study and analyse research papers in the above areas
Research focus for 40-50% of teaching time. Study of recent research papers, and
presentation by students.
Outcomes: (Students would be able to)
1. Understand the basics of mobile computing such as impact of mobility and
wireless medium on MAC, transport and routing protocols
2. Understand the challenges in routing ad hoc networks
3. Analyze the design of the protocols at MAC, routing and transport layers, in
context of wireless medium and mobility
4. Design improvised MAC, routing and transport protocols for handling
challenges due to mobility and wireless medium
5. Research recent trends in mobile and wireless protocols for MAC, routing and
transport
Prerequisite: Knowledge of computer network and TCP/IP.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duratio
n

MPSTME-IT-285

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1.

Introduction:
Need for mobility, history of mobile communication,
overview of wireless systems, areas of research, transmission
fundamentals:
frequencies,
signal,
antenna,
signal
propagation, multiplexing, spread spectrum, modulation,
cellular system

2.

Medium Access Control:


Motivation for a special MAC: Hidden & exposed terminal,
near & far terminal. SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, SDMA,
Aloha, Reservation schemes, collision avoidance, MACA,
Polling, multiplexing schemes comparison

3.

04

08

Wireless LAN 802.11:


Infrastructure and ad-hoc network, IEEE 802.11: System
architecture, Protocol architecture, Physical Layer, Medium
access control sub layer

4.

Mobile Network Layer:

5.

Mobile IP: goals assumption and requirement, Entities and


terminology , IP packet delivery, agent advertisement and
discovery, Registration, tunneling and encapsulation ,
Optimizations, Reverse tunneling, MIPv6, Dynamic host
configuration protocol
Mobile Transport Layer:

6.

Traditional TCP: Congestion control, slow start, fast


Retransmit/ fast recovery, implications on mobility; indirect
TCP, snooping TCP, Mobile TCP, fast retransmit/ fast
recover,
Transmission/
time-out
freezing,
selective
Retransmission, Transaction oriented TCP
Adhoc Networks :
Ad hoc network: Routing, Destination Sequence distance
vector, Dynamic Source Routing , hierarchical algorithms,
alternative metrics

08

08

08

09

MPSTME-IT-286

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
TOTAL

45

Text Book:
1. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communications, Pearson, 2008
Reference Books:
1. William Stallings, Wireless Communication and Networks, Pearson, 2009
2. S Keshav. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networks, Pearson, 2002
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-287

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: II

Subject: Research Methodology

Code: MTIT02003

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective:
1. To introduce the concept and motivate the participation in the interested
area.
2. To understand the role of probability and stochastic processes in formulating
hypothesis in the area of information technology.
3. To learn the nuances of documentation of research results.
Outcomes: (Students would be able to)
1. Understand the basics of conducting research and reporting research results
2. Understand the techniques for data collection
3. Understand the basics of statistical analysis after data collection
4. Apply appropriate statistical analysis technique to specific problems
5. Understand the basics of multivariate data analysis, stochastic processes,
Markov processes and Queuing theory
Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of Probability.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

Description

Duratio
n

Introduction to Research Methods


Philosophy of Science, Evolutionary Epistemology, Scientific
Methods, Hypotheses Generation and Evaluation, Code of
Research Ethics, Definition and Objectives of Research,
Various Steps in Scientific Research, Types of Research;
Research Purposes - Research Design - Survey Research - Case

06

MPSTME-IT-288

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Study Research, basics of documentation of research study.
2.

Data Collection and Sampling Design


Sources of Data: Primary Data, Secondary Data; Procedure
Questionnaire- Survey and Experiments Design of Survey
and Experiments - Sampling Merits and Demerits Control
Observations - Procedures Sampling Errors.

3.

04

Review of Statistics
Probability Distributions, Fundamentals of Statistical Analysis
and Inference, Parameter estimation, hypothesis testing, Chi
square test.

4.

Introduction to Multivariate Data Analysis

5.

Modeling Strategy, Basic Understanding of Data, Hypothesis


Testing, Analysis of Variance, Regression Modeling,
Regression Strategy, Time Series Modeling
Stochastic Processes

6.

General Concepts, Random Walks and Other Applications,


Spectrum Estimation
Markov Processes and Queuing Theory
Markov Chains, Markov Processes ,
Networks of Queues

Queuing Theory ,
TOTAL

08

09

09

09
45

Text Book:
1. C. R. Kothari, Research Methodology, Second edition, Wiley India, 2006.
2. Athanasios Papoulis, S. UnnikrishnaPillai, Probability, Random Variables
And Stochastic Processes, 4th edition, McGraw-Hill, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. Multivariate Data Analysis, 7/E, Joseph F. Hair, William C. Black, Barry J.
Babin, Rolph E. Anderson, Print Hall, 2006.
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-289

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Subject: Seminar 2

Code: MTIT02004

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: Develop skills to conduct literature survey in a particular domain and


define a broad research problem
Outcomes: At the end of this course the student will be able to
1. Identify an area for conducting literature survey
2. Conduct literature review and analyse existing techniques
3. Define a broad research problem
Prerequisite:
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

Duratio
n

Description
Literature review and analysis

30
TOTAL

Text Book:
Reference Book:
Research papers from ACM/IEEE/Elsevier/Springer, etc.
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

30

MPSTME-IT-290

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: I

Subject: Lab Course - 3 (Mobile Code: MTIT02005


Application Development)
Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: Learn hands on mobile application development


Outcomes:
1. This Lab Course will enable students to learn the latest Mobile Application
Development Tools and understand the Mobile Application Architecture.
2. At the end of the course, the students will be able to design, develop and test,
and deploy mobile applications.
Prerequisite:
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

Description
Getting Started with Android Programming, Android UI,
Data Persistence, Messaging, Location Based Services,
Developing and Publishing Android Services
TOTAL

Duratio
n
30
30

Text Book:
1. Wei-Meng Lee, Beginning Android 4 Application Development, 1st
Edition, Wiley India, 2012

MPSTME-IT-291

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Reference Books:
1. Reto Meier, Professional Android 4 Application Development, 1st
Edition, Wiley India, 2012
2. Richard Wagner, Professional Flash Mobile Development: Creating
Android and iPhone Applications, 1st Edition, Wiley India, 2011
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-292

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: II

Subject: Software Quality Assurance Code: MTIT02006


& Testing
Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: In-depth study of tools used, processes followed, test management, risk
analysis, quality assurance and related costs integral to software testing. Encourage
Study of recent research papers, and presentation by students.
Outcomes: (Students would be able to)
1. Understand the importance of software quality assurance and testing
2. Develop test strategies
3. Apply appropriate tools for testing to specific problems
4. Research latest trends in SQA and Testing
Prerequisite: NIL
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duratio
n

Introduction to Quality: Core Components of Quality, TQM,


Benchmarking and Metrics, Problem Solving Techniques and
Tools

02

2.

Software Quality: Constraints of Software Product Quality


Assessment, Software Quality Management

04

3.

Software Testing: Historical Perspective of Testing, Testing


During Development Life Cycle, Test Policy, Test Approach,
Testing Process, Challenges in Testing, Developing Test

06

1.

MPSTME-IT-293

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Strategy
4.

5.

6.

7.
8.

9.

Configuration Management : Cycle of Configuration


Management, Configuration Management Process, Baselining,
Using Automated Configuration Tools, Configuration
Management Planning
Risk Analysis: Advantages/ Disadvantages of Automated
System, Project Risks, Risks due to Software Systems, Types
of Risks, Handling of Risks in Testing, Risks of Testing
Software Verification and Validation: Verification Work
Bench, Coverage in Verification, Concerns of Verification,
Validation Work Bench, Coverage in Validation, Acceptance
Testing
V-Test Model: V-Model for Software, VV Model
Testing Techniques and Tools: Levels of Testing, Acceptance
Testing, Testing Tools, Test Planning, Test Metrics and Test
Reports, Qualitative and Quantitative analysis
Test Process Improvement: Change in Perception about
Testing, Problems Concerning Testing Process, Test Process
Improvement Model
TOTAL

05

06

06

04

07

05
45

Text Book:
1. Daniel Galin, Software Quality Assurance: From Theory to
Implementation, Pearson Education, 2004
2. M. G. Limaye Software Testing :Principles, Techniques and Tools, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2009
Reference Books:
1. G. Gordon Schulmeyer, "Handbook of Software Quality Assurance, 4 Ed.
Artech House, 2008
2. Milind Limaye, Software quality assurance , TMH, 2011
3. Aditya P. Mathur Foundations of Software Testing, Pearson Education,
2008
4. Bob Hughes & Mike Cotterell Software Project Management, Tata McGraw
Hill, 4th Edition, 2008
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-294

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: II

Subject: Service Oriented Architecture Code: MTIT02007


Teaching Scheme

Evaluation Scheme
Theory

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: Study of Service Oriented Architecture, its design and implementation.


Outcomes: (Students would be able to)
1. Design and conduct experiments on Web Services by embedding distributed
components, using Java APIs & REST technology.
2. Design, implement, and evaluate SOA infrastructure by implementing through
Web Services (services can represent either new applications or just wrappers
around existing legacy systems to make them network-enabled) making
functional building-blocks accessible over standard Internet protocols
independent of platforms and programming languages to meet given business
scenarios.
3. Identify, formulate and provide effective IT solution for all elements of SOA
infrastructure like include all elements supporting service security, service
metadata, messaging foundations, SOA QoS Layers and runtime governance
metrics.
4. Understand the impact of SOA solutions in businesses to respond quickly &
cost-effectively to changing market conditions by promoting reuse of existing
legacy assets into globally available services on various distributed platforms.
Prerequisite: NIL
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duratio

MPSTME-IT-295

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
n
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Introduction: Defining SOA, Business Value of SOA,


Evolution of SOA, SOA characteristics, concept of a service in
SOA, misperceptions about SOA, Basic SOA architecture,
infrastructure services, Enterprise Service Bus (ESB), SOA
Enterprise Software models. Roots of SOA Characteristics of
SOA - Comparing SOA to client-server and distributed,
internet architectures Anatomy of SOA- How components
in an SOA interrelate, Principles of service orientation

04

SOA Planning and Analysis: Stages of the SOA lifecycle,


SOA Delivery Strategies, service-oriented analysis, Capture
and assess business and IT issues and drivers, determining
non-functional requirements (e.g., technical constraints,
business constraints, runtime qualities, non-runtime
qualities), business centric SOA and its benefits, Service
modeling, Basic modeling building blocks, service models for
legacy
application integration and enterprise integration, Enterprise
solution assets(ESA)

07

An introduction to UML and SOA: Why component


technology?, Component Based Development Service
Oriented Architecture, What is a software development
process?, The background to UML Resources

06

SOA Design and implementation: Service-oriented design


process, design activities, determine services and tasks based
on business process model, choosing appropriate standards,
articulate architecture, mapping business processes to
technology,
designing
service integration environment (e.g., ESB, registry), Tools
available for appropriate designing, implementing SOA,
security implementation, implementation of integration
patterns, services enablement, quality assurance
Managing SOA
Environment: Distributing service
management
and monitoring concepts, operational
management
challenges,
Service-level
agreement

07

07

MPSTME-IT-296

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

6.

7.

considerations, SOA governance (SLA, roles and


responsibilities,
policies,
critical
success
factors,
and metrices), QoS compliance in SOA governance, impact of
changes to services in the SOA lifecycle
Web services, Service descriptions, Messaging with
SOAP,Message exchange Patterns, Coordination,Atomic
Transactions,
Business
activities,
Orchestration,
Choreography, Service layer abstraction, Application Service
Layer, Business Service Layer, Orchestration Service Layer
Service oriented analysis, Business-centric SOA, Deriving
business services- service, modeling, Service Oriented Design,
WSDL basics, SOAP basics, SOA composition guidelines,
Entity-centric business service design, Application service
design, Taskcentric, business service design
TOTAL

07

07

45

Text Book:
1. Thomas Erl, Service-Oriented Architecture: Concepts, Technology, and
Design, 1st Edition, Pearson, 2007
Reference Books:
1. Thomas Erl, SOA Principles of Service Design,1st Edition, Pearson, 2008
2. Eric Newcomer, Greg Lomow, Understanding SOA with Web Services,
Pearson Education, 2005
3. Sandeep Chatterjee, James Webber, Developing Enterprise Web Services, An
Architects Guide, 1st Edition, Pearson,2004
Term work:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-297

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: II

Subject:
Information
Security Code: MTIT02008
Assurance and Computer Forensics
Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: The objective of this course is to learn the strategies for recovering
information from computer crime incidents and to respond to security breaches and
hacker attacks.
Outcomes: After completion of the course, students should be able to
1. Understand ethical dilemma in related to hacking
2. Perform footprinting and basic penetration testing
3. Select proper access control policy
4. Recover deleted data from various media
5. Perform risk management
6. Understand Indian IT act

Prerequisite: Information security, programming, computer networks


Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duratio
n

1.

Introduction, Ethics of hacking, hacking process, types of


hackers

02

2.

Footprinting, Scanning and Enumeration, Sniffers, Encryption


and password cracking, Spoofing, Session Hijacking, DoS,
Buffer Overflows, mail and web vulnerabilities.

09

MPSTME-IT-298

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
3.

Security Policies, access control, types of access control, lattice


models, state machine models, information flow models, Bell
LaPadula, BIBA models, Clark Wilson model and Chinese
Wall model,

07

4.

Risk Management, Security frameworks (for eg. ISO 27001),


Security Metrics

07

5.

Overview of computer forensics, types of cyber crime. The


forensics process, disk imaging, forensics tools, Hardware and
OS fundamentals, Disk geometry, partitions, Windows and
Linux file systems. File signature and string searching.

07

6.

7.

8.

Data hiding techniques Deleted file recovery, recycle bin,


alternate data streams, cryptography, steganography, antiforensics tools
Investigative Techniques: Windows registry files, Email
analysis, Internet activity analysis, Live system forensics and
incident response, Static and dynamic analysis of executable
file, Documentation and reports
Legal Issues: The justice system, Indian IT act and case studies
TOTAL

04

07

02
45

Text Book:
1. Alfred Basta and Wolf Halton, Computer Security Concepts, Issues and
Implementation. Cengage Learning, 2008
2. Kevin Mandia,Chris Prosise, Incident Response & Computer Forensics, 2nd Ed.
TMH, 2010
Reference Books:
1. Bill Nelson, Amelia Phillips, Frank Enfinger, Christopher Steuart, Computer
Forensics and Investigations. Cengage Learning, 2008
2. Chris, Philipp, Hacking Exposed Computer Forensics, 2nd Ed. TMH, 2010
3. Richard Bejtlich, Keith Jones, Curtis W. Rose, Real Digital Forensics: Computer
Security & Incident Response. Pearson Higher Education , 2006
4. M. Whitman and H. Mattord, Principles of Information Security, 4th Ed. 2012,
Cengage Learning

MPSTME-IT-299

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
5. Timothy P Layton, Information Security Design, Implementation, Measurement
and Compliance. Auerbach Publications, 2009
6. Ferrara et. al., Cyber Law, Text and Cases, 3rd Ed. Cengage Learning, 2012
7. Calder, A. and Watkins, S., IT Governance: A Managers Guide to Data Security
and ISO27001/ISO27002, 4th ed. London: Kogan Page, 2008.
In addition, recent research papers from appropriate journals and conferences.
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-300

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: II

Subject: Pattern Recognition

Code: MTIT02009

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: To understand the fundamental principles of Pattern Recognition


Outcomes:
1. To Understand Bayesian Decision Theory for Classification
2. To Understand Linear Discriminant Functions
3. To Understand and apply Neural Networks for Classification
4. To Understand and apply Decision Trees for Classification
Prerequisite: Image Processing, Course on Statistics
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duratio
n

1.

Introduction: MachinePerception, Pattern Recognition


Systems, Design Cycle, Learning and Adaptation

05

2.

Bayesian Decision Theory:


Bayesian Decision Theory,
Minimum Error Rate Classification, Classifiers, Discriminant
Functions, And Decision Surfaces, Discriminant Functions for
Normal Density

08

Maximum Likelihood and Bayesian Parameter Estimation:


Maximum Likelihood Estimation, Bayesian Estimation,
Bayesian Parameter Estimation: Gaussian Case, Principal
Component Analysis, Fisher Linear Discriminant

08

3.

MPSTME-IT-301

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Linear Discriminant Functions: Linear Discriminant
Functions, Minimizing the Perceptron Criterion Function,
Support Vector Machine

08

5.

Multilayer Neural Networks: Feedforward Operation and


Classification, BackPropogation Algorithm, Error Surfaces

08

6.

NonMetric Methods: Decision Trees, CART, Other Tree


Methods, Recognition with Strings, Grammatical Methods,
Grammatical Inference, Rule Based Methods

08

TOTAL

45

4.

Text Book:
1. Richard O. Duda, Peter E. Hart, David G. Stork, Pattern Classification, 2 nd
Edition, Wiley-India, 2011
Reference Books:
1. Sergios Theodoridis, Konstantinous Koutruumbas, Pattern Recognition, 4th
Edition, Elsevier Inc, 2009
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-302

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: II

Subject: Parallel Computing

Code: MTIT02010

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objectives:
To enable the students to understand the need for Parallel Programming and
help them design parallel programs.
To enable the students learn parallel algorithm design, and how to apply the
design methodology to develop parallel programs with MPI
Outcomes:
The students will learn parallel Algorithm Design.
They will be able to develop parallel programs in MPI.
They will also learn the different techniques for doing performance analysis of
the programs developed.
They will learn the various problems like Sieve of Eratosthenes, Floyd's
Algorithm and Matrix-Vector Multiplication and their parallel solutions.
Prerequisite: NIL
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit

Description

Duratio
n

Introduction: Evolution of Supercomputers, Modern Parallel


Computers, Seeking Concurrency, Data Clustering,
Programming Parallel Computers

04

2.

Parallel Architectures: Interconnection Netwroks, Processor


Arrays, Multiprocessors, Multicomputers, Flynns Taxamony

06

3.

Parallel Algorithm Design: Task/Channel Model, Fosters

04

1.

MPSTME-IT-303

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Design Methodology :
Agglomeration, Mapping

Partitioning,

Communication,

Message Passing Programming: Message-Passing Model,


MPI, MPI Initialization Functions, Introducing Collective
Communication, Benchmarking Parallel Performance

04

Parallel Programming: Design Analysis and Benchmarking


Performance of Sieve of Eratosthenes, Floyds Algorithm,
Matrix-Vector Multiplication, Document Classification,
Matrix Multiplication, Sorting

10

6.

Performance Analysis: Speed and Efficiency, Amdahls Law,


Gustafson-Barsis Law, Karp-Flatt Metric, Isoefficiency Metric

04

7.

Shared Memory Programming: Shared-Memory Model,


Parallel for Loops, Declaring Private Variables, Critical
Sections, Reductions, Performance Improvements, Data and
Functional Parallelism

05

Case Studies / Research Papers: Minimum 2 case studies /


Research papers, on Parallel Processing.

08

TOTAL

45

4.

5.

8.

Text Book:
1. Micheal J. Quinn, Parallel Programming in C with MPI and OpenMP, Tata
McGraw-Hill, 1st Edition, 2005
Reference Books:
1. Kai Hawang, Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing, Tata McGraw Hill, 1st Edition, 1985
2. Barry Wilkinson, Michael Allen, Parallel Programming, 2nd Edition, Pearson,
2006
3. Sasikumar M, Introduction to Parallel Processing, PHI, 1st Edition, 2004
4. Jorden H.F., Alaghaband G, Fundamentals of Parallel processing, Tata Mc-Graw
Hill, 1st Edition, 2002
Term work:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term-work.

MPSTME-IT-304

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)

Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: II

Subject: IP Traffic Engineering

Code: MTIT02011

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: The aim of the course is to provide in-depth understanding of traffic


engineering in IP networks.
Outcomes: The student should be able to
1. Understand the basics of traffic engineering
2. Understand the basics of network flow modeling
3. Create model network flow models for single and multi-commodity
networks
4. Create LP formulations for single and multi-commodity networks
5. Understand the concept of link weight setting for shortest path routing
6. Apply tools such as CPLEX for solving the flow problems
7. Understand basics of BGP and MPLS/MPLS Traffic Engineering
Prerequisite: NIL
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

Description

Duratio
n

Introduction to networking and network routing


Overview of Addressing and Internet Service, Network
routing overview, IP addressing, Service architecture,
Protocol stack architecture, router architecture, Network

03

MPSTME-IT-305

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
topology architecture, Network management architecture
2.

Routing Algorithms: Shortest Path and Widest Path


(a) Bellman-Ford and Distance Vector approach, (b) Dijkstras
algorithm, Comparison (a) and (b), Shortest path computation
with candidate path caching, widest path computation with
candidate path caching, widest path algorithm using
approach (a) and (b),

3.

Network Flow Modeling


Single-commodity network flow, Multi-commodity network
flow: Three node example, Multi-commodity network flow
(MCNF) problem: General formulation, Multi-commodity
network flow problem: Non-splittable flow

4.

10

BGP - Overview
BGP overview, External and Internal BGP, Finite state
machine of BGP connection

6.

12

IP Traffic Engineering
Traffic, Stochasticity, Delay, and Utilization, Applications
View (TCP Throughput and Possible Bottlenecks, BandwidthDelay Product), Router Buffer Size, Traffic Engineering: A
Four-Node Illustration (Network Flow Optimization, Shortest
Path Routing and Network Flow), Link Weight Determination
Problem: Preliminary Discussion,

5.

12

03

MPLS and GMPLS - Overview


Traffic Engineering Extension to Routing Protocols, MPLS
(including RSVP-TE for MPLS)
TOTAL

05

45

Text Book:
1. Deepankar Medhi, Karthikeyan Ramasamy, Network Routing: Algorithms,
Protocols and Architectures. Morgan Kaufmann, 2007.

MPSTME-IT-306

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Reference Books:
1. Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie, Computer Networks: A Systems Approach. 5th
ed. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011.
2. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, 4th ed. TATA
McGraw-Hill, 2006.
3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, TCP/IP Protocol Suite, 4th ed. TATA McGraw-Hill, 2010.
4. Andrew Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, 4th ed., Prentice Hall, 2002.
In addition, recent research papers from appropriate journals and conferences.
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-307

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: II

Subject: Fuzzy Logic and Neural Code: MTIT02012


Networks
Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: This course covers basic concepts of artificial neural networks, fuzzy
logic systems and their applications. Its focus will be on the introduction of basic
theory, algorithm formulation and ways to apply these techniques to solve real
world problems.
Outcomes: Student should be able to
1. Understanding of the concepts of like neural networks, associative
memories, etc.
2. Apply the concepts to specific problems
3. Analyze the problem and apply appropriate technique to a problem
4. Discuss and analyze existing research work in the field of fuzzy logic and
neural networks
Prerequisite: Knowledge of calculus and basic probability and statistics are
required. Programming skills in one of the following is desirable: MATLAB, C,
C++, and JAVA. Background in numerical analysis (including optimization) subject
is desirable.
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

Description
Introduction to Fuzzy logic Introduction, Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy
relations, Operations on Fuzzy Relations,
Membership
Functions, Fuzzification and Defuzzification, Logic and
Fuzzy System, Fuzzy Arithmetic, The Extension Principle,

Duratio
n

06

MPSTME-IT-308

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Fuzzy Associative Memories.
2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Fuzzy System and Applications Decision making with


Fuzzy Information, Fuzzy Classification and Pattern
Recognition, Fuzzy Control System, Fuzzy Optimization.

07

Introduction to Neural Network Fundamental Concepts


and Models, Learning Process, Learning Rules, Single Layer
Perceptron Classifier, Multilayer Feedforward Network,
Single-Layer Feedback Networks.

07

Associative Memories Basic Concept, Linear Associator,


Basic Concepts of Recurrent Autoassociative Memory,
Performance Analysis of Recurrent Autoassociative Memory,
Bidirectional Autoassociative Memory, Associative Memory
of Spatio-temporal Patterns.

07

Matching and Self-Organizing Networks Hamming Net


and MAXNET, Unsupervised Learning of Clusters,
Counterpropagation Network, Feature Mapping, SelfOrganizing Feature Maps. Cluster Discovery Network.

08

Application of Neural Algorithms and Systems Linear


Programming and Modeling Network, Character recognition
Networks, Neural Network Control Applications, Networks
for Robot Kinematics, Connectionist Expert System for
Medical Diagnosis, Self-Organizing Semantic Maps, Speech
Recognition, Signature Verification, Human Face Recognition
using Neural Networks, Neural Fuzzy Systems, and Genetic
Optimization of Neural and Fuzzy Systems.

10

TOTAL

45

Text Book:
1. S.Rajasekaran, G.A.Vijaylakshmi Pai, Neural Network, Fuzzy Logic &
Genetic Algorithms Synthesis & Application, PHI, 2005
Reference Books:
2. Simon Haykin, Neural Networks, Pearson / PHI, 2002

MPSTME-IT-309

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
3. J. M. Zurada, Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems, Jaico 2004
4. Timothy J. Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Application, Wiley, 2004
5. D.Driankov, H.Helendoorn, M.Reinfrank, An Introduction to Fuzzy Control,
Narosa, 2004
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

MPSTME-IT-310

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Program: M.
Technology)

Tech

(Information Semester: II

Subject: Biometrics

Code: MTIT02013

Teaching Scheme

Lecture

Practical

Tutorial
s

Evaluation Scheme
Theory
Credit

(3 Hrs, 100
Marks)

50

Continuous Assessment
Test

Journal

VIV
A

As per ICA norms

Objective: This course is designed to cover Biometric Identification Science and


Technology with a balance between the basic theoretical background and practical
application.
Outcomes: The student will be able to
1. Understand the basics of biometric identification techniques
2. Analyze the problem and apply appropriate biometric technique to a
problem
3. Discuss and analyze existing research work in the field of biometrics
Prerequisite: Image Processing, Computer Vision
Detailed Syllabus:
Unit
1.

2.

Description

Duratio
n

Introduction to Biometric Identification: Operation of a


biometric system, Verification versus identification,
Performance of a biometric system, Applications of
biometrics, Biometric characteristics, Limitations of biometric
systems, Introduction to Biometrics and its various
techniques. Euclidian and non Euclidian Matching, Definition
of FAR, GAR and FRR.

06

Common Biometric Identification Methods: Colour


averaging Techniques, Principle Component Analysis (PCA),
Image Transforms, Image Transform Wavelets, Transform

08

MPSTME-IT-311

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
Texture Patterns, Sectorization in Transform Domain, Vector
Quantization Codebooks alias LBG, KPE, KEVR, KMCG and
KFCG
Face Recognition: Introduction, History, Characteristics of
Face Features, Image processing algorithms for identification,
Standard Test beds

06

4.

Iris Recognition: Preface, Current State of Art, Iris Feature


Types, Image processing and verification, Standard Test beds

05

5.

Fingerprint and Palm print Identification: Prologue, History,


Fingerprint Features, Limitations of Minutiae based
Identification, Novel Image processing based verification
methods, Standard Test beds.

06

Voice/Speaker Identification: Introduction, Text dependent


versus Text independent identification , Understanding Voice
signal, Similarity Matching, Verification and Identification,
Feature Types, Image processing and verification.

06

Signature Verification: Introduction, History, Signature


characteristics, Verification and Identification, Signature
Feature Extraction, Image processing methods for
identification.

05

3.

6.

7.

8.

Multi-modal Biometrics: Basics, Limitations, Advantages


Scope and Limitations of Biometric Identification: The legal,
social and ethical concerns of applying these technologies
TOTAL

03

45

Text Book:
1.

Anil K. Jain (Author), Arun A. Ross (Author), Karthik Nandakumar


Introduction to Biometrics, Springer, 2011
2.
Anil K. Jain and Ruud Bolle and Sharath Pankanti (eds.), Biometrics:
Personal Identification in Networked Society, Springer, 2005
Reference Books:

MPSTME-IT-312

SVKMs Narsee Monjee Institute of Management Studies


(NMIMS)
1. Arun A, Ross and Karthik Nandakumar and Anil K. Jain, Handbook of
Multibiometrics by Springer-Verlag New York Inc, Oct 19, 2007, (ISBN:
9780387710402) (Only Chapter 1)
2. James Wayman, Anil Jain, Davide Maltoni, Dario Maio (Eds.), Biometric
Systems: Technology, Design and Performance Evaluation,(Hardcover),
Springer, 2010
Term work consists of the following:
As per Department & Institute norms for Term work.

You might also like